# Ezerus Knowledge Base > Guides, references, and answers from the Ezerus team. --- title: "Getting started with Shoppy Connect" description: "Learn how Shoppy Connect works, find your way around the dashboard, and set up your organisation, stores, channels, and team." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Getting started" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["getting started", "dashboard", "setup", "users", "profile", "organisation"] --- # Getting started with Shoppy Connect > Learn how Shoppy Connect works, find your way around the dashboard, and set up your organisation, stores, channels, and team. Shoppy Connect is the one place where you manage everything about your physical stores: addresses, phone numbers, opening hours, photos, and more. You keep those details up to date in Shoppy Connect, and it shares them with the places your customers look, such as Google Search and Maps, your Shopify website, your store locator, and your email marketing. This guide covers: 1. [How Shoppy Connect works](#how-shoppy-connect-works): the main ideas behind the product. 2. [A tour of the dashboard](#a-tour-of-the-dashboard): the sidebar, the top bar, and what each button does. 3. [First-time setup](#first-time-setup): a checklist to get your organisation ready. ## How Shoppy Connect works A few ideas come up across the whole dashboard: | Term | What it means | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Organisation** | Your business. Your stores, team, channels, and settings all belong to it. If you work with more than one business, you can belong to several organisations and switch between them. | | **Store** | One physical location, with its own address, contact details, trading hours, and photos. | | **Channel** | A place your store details are shared with, such as Google, Shopify, or Apple Maps. You connect a channel once, then choose which stores appear on it. | | **Website** | A website that shows your Shoppy Connect widgets and forms, such as the store locator. Analytics can be filtered by website. | | **User** | A member of your team who can sign in to the dashboard. Each user has a role and can be limited to certain stores. | The usual flow is: 1. Add your stores. 2. Connect your channels. 3. Keep your store details up to date in Shoppy Connect. Changes are sent to every channel the store is published to. 4. Use analytics to see how customers find and interact with your stores. ## A tour of the dashboard When you sign in, you land on the **Home** dashboard. ![The Home dashboard, with the sidebar on the left, the top bar across the top, and the AI insights report card, Date filter, and Searches by Suburb map in the middle](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-dashboard.B2JS-2B6_Z29LrR9.webp) The dashboard has three parts: - The **sidebar** on the left, to move between the main areas. - The **top bar**, with shortcuts that are available on every page. - The **page** in the middle. ### The sidebar ![The sidebar, with Home, Stores, Channels, Posts, and Analytics at the top, Profile and Users under Management, and Settings, Reviews, and Messages under Settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-sidebar.BfOHccAN_Zugmsg.webp) | Item | What you do there | | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Home** | See how your stores are performing: your latest AI insights report, plus location, store, and product insights for the dates you choose. | | **Stores** | Add, import, and edit your stores, their trading hours, and their store pages. See [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md). | | **Channels** | Connect the platforms your store details are shared with. See [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md). | | **Posts** | Write news, announcements, and blog posts that appear on your store pages. | | **Analytics** | Charts and detailed reports on searches, views, calls, directions, and products. See [Insights, analytics, and Shoppy AI](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md). | | **Profile** | Your own details and sign-in security. See [Secure your account](#2-secure-your-account). | | **Users** | Invite your team and choose what they can access. See [Invite your team](#5-invite-your-team). | | **Settings** | Settings for your whole organisation, such as websites, emails, tags, forms, and the Google sync. | **Reviews** and **Messages** show **Not Active** when they aren't part of your plan. They can't be opened until they are turned on for your organisation. ### The top bar The buttons on the right of the top bar are available on every page. ![The top bar, with the Shoppy AI, My tasks, Alerts, and + buttons, the store switcher showing Crowsnest Store, and the account menu](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-top-bar.DRKctLPk_Z2aue2R.webp) From left to right: | Button | What it does | | ------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Shoppy AI** (sparkles) | Opens the AI assistant, which can look up and update store details for you. | | **My tasks** (clipboard) | Shows the tasks assigned to you. The red number is how many are still to do. | | **Alerts** (bell) | Shows your notifications. The red number is how many are unread. | | **+** | Shortcuts to create things. | | **Store switcher** | Chooses which store, or all stores, the dashboard is showing. | | **Account menu** | Your organisation, the help centre, your account, and signing out. | #### Shoppy AI Click the sparkles button to open Shoppy AI on the right of the screen. Ask it things like "What are the trading hours for Crowsnest Store?" or "Set Friday trading hours to 9am–9pm." See [Shoppy AI](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md#shoppy-ai) for more. #### My tasks Tasks are things your team needs to do for a store, such as updating photos before a promotion. A task is usually created from a note on a store. ![The My tasks panel, with To do and Completed tabs, the Assigned to me filter, and one overdue task for Sydney Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-my-tasks.B11TVS3Z_5e1GP.webp) - **To do** and **Completed** switch between open and finished tasks. - The filter on the right switches between **Assigned to me** and **Assigned by me**, so you can also follow up on tasks you gave to others. - Overdue tasks are grouped at the top under **Overdue**. - Each task shows the store it belongs to, its due date, and who created it. Click the store name to open the store. - Tick the checkbox to mark a task as done. #### Alerts Alerts tell you when something needs your attention, for example when a task is assigned to you or someone mentions you in a note. ![The Alerts panel, showing one unread task alert for Sydney Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-alerts.CvWfmiwN_Z1OqOmq.webp) - Each alert shows who it's from, the store, the message, and the type, such as **Task** or **Mention**. - Click the tick next to an alert to mark it as read. - Click the tick at the top of the panel to mark every alert as read. - Click the filter icon to switch between **Unread** and **Read** alerts. #### The + menu The **+** button has shortcuts for the two things you'll do most: ![The + menu, with Create New Store and Bulk Update Hours](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-create-menu.pO4M3jGO_UnrjO.webp) - **Create New Store** opens the form to [add a single store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#add-a-single-store). - **Bulk Update Hours** lets you [set hours for many stores at once](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#update-hours-for-many-stores-at-once), for example for a public holiday. #### The store switcher The store switcher shows which store the dashboard is focused on. Click it to choose a single store, or **All Stores** to see everything. ![The store switcher open, with All Stores, Crowsnest Store, Double Bay Store, and Sydney Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-store-switcher.D4p_3fPG_29hooz.webp) Pages such as **Home** and **Analytics** show data for the store you choose. Choose **All Stores** to compare stores or see totals across your business. #### The account menu Click your organisation name on the far right to open the account menu. ![The account menu, with your name and email, the current organisation Memiz, Help Center, Manage Account, and Logout](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/08-account-menu.CdfVbePv_cKtis.webp) - **Your name and email** show which account you're signed in with. - **Organisations**: the organisation with a tick is the one you're working in. If you belong to more than one, click another to switch. - **Help Center** opens the help centre. - **Manage Account** opens your [Profile](#2-secure-your-account). - **Logout** signs you out. ## First-time setup Work through these steps when you first start using Shoppy Connect. You can come back to any of them later. ### 1. Set up your organisation Go to **Settings** › **General**. ![General settings, with Organization Details, Websites, and Email Settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-general.C3qv8ok5_Z26pbfu.webp) **Organisation name and logo** Click the pencil icon on **Organization Details**. ![The Update Site Settings dialog, with Name, Organization Logo, and Use different logo for login page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/11-organisation-details.CseteJ0z_1w1EG3.webp) 1. Check the **Name**. This is the name your team sees in the dashboard. 2. Click **Add image** to upload your logo. Logos must be an image file of up to **1 MB**. 3. Tick **Use different logo for login page** if you want a different logo on the sign-in page, then upload it. 4. Click **Save**. **Websites** Add every website that shows your Shoppy Connect widgets and forms, such as your store locator or contact form. Your main website is marked **Primary**. 1. Under **Websites**, click **Add website**. 2. Enter the **Domain**, for example `yourshop.com`, without `https://` or a slash at the end. 3. Enter a **Name** that your team will recognise, for example "Australian store". This name is shown in analytics filters. 4. Click **Save**. ![The Add website dialog, with Domain and Name fields](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/12-add-website.BKgF9vVk_Z2shJ08.webp) Analytics start counting a website as soon as it's added, so add your websites before you look at your reports. **Email settings** Under **Email Settings**, choose how emails to your customers are sent, for example replies to the **Contact Store** form: - **Send Customer Emails**: switch on to send emails to customers. - **From Email** and **From Name**: who the emails come from. - **BCC Emails**: addresses that get a copy of every customer email, for example your customer service inbox. Click **Save** when you're done. ### 2. Secure your account Click **Profile** in the sidebar, or **Manage Account** in the account menu. ![The Profile page, with Account security progress, Personal details, and Sign-in & security](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/09-profile.HxLnbS7S_1vKU3u.webp) The **Account security** bar at the top shows how many of the four security steps are done. Complete all four: 1. **Email verified**: confirm your email address. 2. **Mobile number verified**: click **Add and verify** (or **Add number**) and enter your mobile number. It's used for sign-in codes and SMS alerts. 3. **Two-factor authentication**: click **Set up** and follow the steps to connect an authenticator app, such as Google Authenticator, 1Password, or Authy. After that, you enter a code from the app each time you sign in. 4. **Password**: click **Send reset email** to get a secure link to set a new password. Further down the page: - **Personal details**: change your **Full name** and **Email**. Your name is shown to your teammates. - **Where you're signed in**: every device signed in to your account. If you see one you don't recognise, sign it out, then change your password. - **Organisations**: every organisation you belong to and your role in each. Roles are changed by an owner or administrator. Two-factor authentication protects every store and channel connected to your organisations, so we recommend switching it on for everyone on your team. ### 3. Add your stores Add your stores in whichever way is quickest for you: - **One at a time**: click **+** › **Create New Store**. - **From a spreadsheet**: on the **Stores** page, click **Import from CSV**. - **From Shopify or Google**: on the **Stores** page, use the **Shopify** or **Google** menu to bring in locations you already have. See [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) for step-by-step instructions. For each store, check the address, phone number, and [trading hours](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#trading-hours-and-special-dates). These are the details customers rely on most. ### 4. Connect your channels Go to **Channels** and click **Connect** on each platform you use, such as **Google My Business** and **Shopify**. Then choose which stores appear on each channel. See [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) and [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md). ### 5. Invite your team Go to **Users** in the sidebar to see everyone in your organisation. ![The Users list, with each user's name, email, role, date added, and email and phone verification status](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-users.DP4d5MnI_Z2s96ll.webp) The list shows each person's role and whether they have verified their email and phone number. Use **All**, **Active**, and **Banned** to filter the list, and the **⋯** menu on a row to manage that user. To add someone, click **Invite user**: ![The Invite user form, with Email, Role, Phone number, and Stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-invite-user.BhOLmrrE_Z22UjS9.webp) 1. Enter their **Email**. 2. Choose a **Role**: **Store Manager**, **Franchise**, **Analyst**, **Store Owner**, or **Administrator**. The role controls what they can see and change. 3. Optionally, enter their **Phone number**. 4. Under **Stores**, tick the stores they should have access to. Use the search box if you have many stores. 5. Click **Send invitation**. They receive an email inviting them to join. Go to **Users** › **Invited** to see your invitations, when each one expires, and whether it has been accepted. **Add user** creates the account straight away instead, with a name, email, and password you choose. Use **Invite user** where you can, so each person sets their own password. Give each person only the stores and role they need. For example, a store manager usually only needs access to their own store. ### 6. Check your insights Once your stores are live on your channels, customer activity starts to appear on the **Home** dashboard and in **Analytics**. Set up a weekly AI insights report so your team gets a summary by email. See [Insights, analytics, and Shoppy AI](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md). ## Tips - Set up one store completely first, check how it looks on Google and on your website, then add the rest. - Switch on two-factor authentication for every user, not just administrators. - Use the store switcher to focus on one store when you're checking its details or performance, and switch back to **All Stores** when you're done. - Keep an eye on the red numbers on **My tasks** and **Alerts**. They show what needs your attention. ## Related - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) - [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md) - [Insights, analytics, and Shoppy AI](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md) --- title: "Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages" description: "Add and update your stores, set trading hours and holiday hours, and publish a store page on your Shopify site." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Stores" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["stores", "trading hours", "special dates", "shopify store page"] --- # Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages > Add and update your stores, set trading hours and holiday hours, and publish a store page on your Shopify site. Every physical location you run is a **store** in Shoppy Connect. A store holds everything customers need to find and visit you: its address, contact details, photos, and opening hours. Once a store is set up, Shoppy Connect shares those details with the channels you use, such as Google, your Shopify store locator, and a dedicated store page on your Shopify site. This guide covers three things that work together: 1. [Managing your stores](#managing-your-stores): adding, importing, and editing stores. 2. [Trading hours and special dates](#trading-hours-and-special-dates): regular opening hours and holiday hours. 3. [Shopify store pages](#shopify-store-pages): a page on your Shopify site for each store. ## Managing your stores ### The Stores list Go to **Stores** in the sidebar to see every store in your organisation. ![The Stores list, showing each store's name, contact details, address, creation date, status, tags, and labels](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-stores-list.DYsaGF_D_ZLNq9a.webp) Each row shows the store's contact details, address, and creation date. The **Status** column shows whether the store is **Active**, plus the channels it is published to, for example **Shopify**, **Google my Business**, or **Store Page**. From this page you can: - **Search, filter, and sort** stores with the icons on the right of the table. - **Save a view** with the **+** next to **All stores**, so you can come back to the same filtered list later. - **Select several stores** with the checkboxes to work on them together. - Open a store by clicking its name. The buttons at the top of the page let you add stores in different ways, which are covered below. ### Add a single store 1. On the **Stores** page, click **Add store**. 2. Fill in the store's details (see [What you can set on a store](#what-you-can-set-on-a-store)). 3. Click **Create**. ![The Create Store form, with General details on the left and Channels and Campaigns on the right](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-create-store.Sdsrz7D4_1gctyb.webp) The **Channels** card on the right shows which channels the new store will be published to. Channels connected for your organisation are marked with a filled dot. You can also start a new store from anywhere in the dashboard: click the **+** button in the top bar and choose **Create New Store**. ### Import stores from a spreadsheet If you have many stores, importing them is faster than adding them one by one. 1. On the **Stores** page, click **Import from CSV**. 2. Click **Download CSV Template** to get a file with the right columns. On a smaller screen, this button is under **More actions**. 3. Fill in one row per store and save the file as CSV. 4. Click **Add file**, choose your file, then click **Upload**. ![The Import Stores from CSV page, with the Download CSV Template button, the upload area, and the import history](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-import-csv.Q5ByXLFc_1B6uMS.webp) The **Import History** table shows every import with its progress and status. An import marked **Completed with errors** has rows that could not be imported; the **Errors** column shows how many. Fix those rows in your file and import it again. ### Import or match stores from Shopify and Google If your locations already exist in Shopify or in your Google Business Profile, you can bring them in instead of typing them again. The **Shopify** menu on the Stores page has two options: - **Sync with Shopify** brings your Shopify locations into Shoppy Connect. - **Find Shopify Matches** links stores you already have in Shoppy Connect to their matching Shopify locations. ![The Shopify menu, with Sync with Shopify and Find Shopify Matches](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-shopify-menu.BYBVcqMa_PRaAT.webp) The **Google** menu works the same way for Google: - **Find Google Matches** links your stores to their Google Business Profile listings. - **Google My Business** imports locations from your Google Business Profile. - **Google Spreadsheets** imports stores from a Google Sheet. - **Sync with Google** updates your stores and Google with the latest details. ![The Google menu, with Find Google Matches, Google My Business, Google Spreadsheets, and Sync with Google](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-google-menu.CM6AMzSn_1UqsY0.webp) ### Export your stores Click **Export** on the Stores page to download your store list, for example to review it in a spreadsheet or keep a backup. ### What you can set on a store Open a store from the Stores list to see and edit its details. Most of the work happens on the **Details** tab. ![A store's Details tab, with General details on the left and Status and Channels on the right](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/08-store-details.DVoP8S7u_1FaE3y.webp) **General** - **Name**, **Email**, and **Phone Number**: shown to customers on your channels. - **Description**: the full description of the store. You can format it with headings, bold text, lists, and links. - **Short Description**: a one or two sentence summary, used where space is limited. **Address** Start typing in **Address Line 1** and pick the right address from the suggestions. Country, state, city, and postcode fill in for you. Use **Address Line 2** for a suite or shop number, and click **Show map** to check the pin is in the right place. ![The Address card, with address search, country, state, city, and postcode fields](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/06-address.CeD229RV_kR7dN.webp) An accurate address matters: it is what customers see on Google Maps and in your store locator, and it is how they get directions to you. **Trading hours and special dates** See [Trading hours and special dates](#trading-hours-and-special-dates) below. **Media** Upload photos of the store, such as the shopfront or the inside. Photos must be **.jpg**, **.webp**, or **.png** files, up to **1 MB** each. **Metafields** Extra fields your organisation has set up, such as a headline or key selling points. Fill them in to show that information on your store pages. **Search Engine Listing** How the store's page appears in search results. See [Search engine listing](#search-engine-listing). **On the right of the page** - **Status**: switch a store off to stop showing it on your channels without deleting it. - **Channels**: the channels the store is published to. Click the settings icon on the card to choose which channels show this store. - **Campaigns**: link the store to its Google Ads and Microsoft Ads campaigns. - **Smart Store Dashboard**: switch on to create a performance dashboard for this store, then click **Open Dashboard** to view it. See [Smart Store Dashboard](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/smart-store-dashboard/smart-store-dashboard.md). - **Store Page**: see [Shopify store pages](#shopify-store-pages). - **Tags**, **Labels**, and **Forms**: organise the store and choose which forms (such as **Contact Store**) appear on its page. When you have made your changes, click **Save** at the top or bottom of the page. Click **Discard** to undo changes you have not saved yet. ### Choose where a store is published On the **Channels** card of a store, click the settings icon to open **Manage publishing**. Switch each option on or off for this store, then click **Done**. ![The Manage publishing dialog, with switches for Smart Store Dashboard, Shoppy Collect Store Locator, and Shoppy Collect Find in Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-manage-publishing.LSssNW5H_Zmzp9P.webp) Changes to the store locator and Find in Store are sent in the background and can take a few moments to appear on your website. ### More actions The **More actions** menu at the top of a store has shortcuts for that store: ![The More actions menu, with Create marketing campaign, Update all channels, Update Store Page, Update Find Store, Assign members, and Delete store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-more-actions.Bw7RGDLQ_Z29w11i.webp) - **Create marketing campaign**: start a campaign for this store. - **Update all channels**: send the store's latest details to every channel it is published to. Use **Update Store Page** or **Update Find Store** to update just one of them. - **Assign members**: choose which team members look after this store. - **Delete store**: permanently remove the store. If you only want to hide it for a while, switch off its **Status** instead. ### Other tabs on a store - **Notes**: leave notes for your team, or turn a note into a task. See [Notes, tasks, and alerts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/notes-tasks-and-alerts.md). - **Inventory**: see how much of each product this store has available and on hand. - **Reviews**: see the Google reviews for this store. ## Trading hours and special dates Customers check your hours before they visit, so keeping them right is one of the most important things you can do. Shoppy Connect keeps two kinds of hours for every store: - **Trading hours**: your regular weekly opening hours. - **Special dates**: one-off changes, such as public holidays, stocktake days, or extended hours over Christmas. ### Set a store's trading hours 1. Open the store from the **Stores** list. 2. Scroll to the **Trading hours** card on the **Details** tab. 3. Tick each day the store is open and set its **From** and **To** times. 4. Leave a day unticked if the store is closed that day. 5. Click **Save**. ![The Trading hours card with Monday to Friday open from 09:00 to 17:00, Saturday and Sunday closed, and the Special Dates and Media cards below](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/07-hours-special-dates-media.-wu7EUTt_1lCwAU.webp) ### Add a special date Use special dates for days when your hours are different from usual. 1. On the store's **Details** tab, find the **Special Dates** card and click **Add**. 2. Enter a **Title**, for example "Christmas Day" or "Boxing Day". 3. Pick the **Date**. You can pick a single day or a range of days. 4. Either switch on **Closed**, or set the opening and closing times for those days. 5. Click **Save**. ![A new special date with Title, Date, a Closed switch, and opening and closing times](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/13-special-date.ckmnF-L8_XCqyc.webp) To remove a special date, click the red bin icon next to it, then click **Save**. Add special dates well ahead of time, so customers see the right hours when they plan their visit. ### Update hours for many stores at once When the same hours apply to several stores, such as a public holiday across a region, use **Bulk Update Hours** instead of editing each store. 1. On the **Stores** page, click **Bulk Update Hours**. You can also click **+** in the top bar and choose **Bulk Update Hours**. 2. Tick the stores you want to update, or use the search box to find them, then click **Next**. ![Step 1 of Bulk Update Hours: choosing stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/11-bulk-select-stores.DeJTsEnD_6kNIH.webp) 3. Set the trading hours and add any special dates, the same way as for a single store. 4. Click **Save**. ![Step 2 of Bulk Update Hours, with the Important Notice, the selected stores, the Only update special dates option, and the trading hours](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/12-bulk-set-hours.CekYBHJJ_loRQF.webp) > **Important:** Bulk Update Hours **replaces** both the trading hours and the special dates of every selected store. Any hours already set on those stores are overwritten. If you only want to add holiday hours and keep each store's regular hours as they are, tick **Only update special dates** before you save. Shoppy Connect then changes only the special dates. ## Shopify store pages Shoppy Connect can create and manage a page on your Shopify site for each store, for example `yourshop.com/pages/crowsnest-store`. The page shows the store's details, hours, photos, and the forms you've chosen, all managed from Shoppy Connect. You don't need to build or edit the page in Shopify. ### Turn on the Shopify Store Page channel Store pages are a channel, so they need to be connected once for your organisation. 1. Go to **Channels** in the sidebar. 2. Find **Shopify Store Page** and click **Connect**. ![The Channels page, with the Shopify Store Page card and its Connect button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/17-shopify-store-page-channel.CI4kQILS_1Vk4Ih.webp) The **Shopify** channel must also be connected, because the pages are published to your Shopify store. ### Publish a page for a store 1. Open the store from the **Stores** list. 2. On the right of the **Details** tab, find the **Store Page** card. 3. Switch **Publishing** on. 4. Click **Save**. ![The Store Page card with Publishing set to Active, the store code, and the link to the live page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/14-store-page-panel.CWDILQBK_Z1FcDPX.webp) When the page is live, the card shows **Active**, the store's **Store Code**, and a link to the page on your Shopify site. Click the link to check how the page looks. The Stores list also shows a **Store Page** badge for stores with a published page. To take a page down, switch **Publishing** off and save. ### Search engine listing The **Search Engine Listing** card controls how the store page looks in Google and other search engines. It shows a preview of the title and web address. Click the pencil icon to edit: - **URL handle**: the last part of the page address, for example `crowsnest-store`. Use lowercase words separated by hyphens. - **Meta description**: the summary shown under the title in search results, up to 320 characters. Leave it empty to use the store description. ![The Search Engine Listing editor, with URL handle and Meta description](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/15-search-engine-listing.Dj7hQu1L_28b5Bs.webp) Changing the URL handle of a page that is already live changes its address, so links people have saved to the old address may stop working. ### Keep the page up to date After you change a store's details, hours, or photos, send the changes to its page: open the store, click **More actions**, and choose **Update Store Page**, or **Update all channels** to update every channel at once. ### Page template The layout used for your store pages is set once for your organisation, under **Settings** › **General** › **Shopify Settings** › **Store Locator Page Template**. ![Shopify Settings in General settings, with Store Locator Page Template and the Create New Template button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/18-store-locator-template.B2J2gTrs_Z2jdTfX.webp) ## Tips - Set up your hours and address carefully on one store first, check how it looks on its store page and on Google, then add the rest. - Use special dates for every public holiday, even when you're open as usual, so customers aren't left guessing. - Before a holiday period, use Bulk Update Hours with **Only update special dates** ticked to add the same holiday hours to all your stores in one go. - Switch off a store's **Status** while it's closed for renovation, instead of deleting it. --- title: "Notes, tasks, and alerts" description: "Leave notes on a store for your team, mention teammates, turn notes into tasks with an assignee and due date, and keep up with My tasks and Alerts." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Stores" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/notes-tasks-and-alerts markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/notes-tasks-and-alerts.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["notes", "tasks", "alerts", "mentions", "notifications", "task templates", "team"] --- # Notes, tasks, and alerts > Leave notes on a store for your team, mention teammates, turn notes into tasks with an assignee and due date, and keep up with My tasks and Alerts. Every store has a **Notes** tab where your team can share information and hand out jobs. Use it for things like "Delivery moved to Thursday" or "Update the store photos before the sale". - A **note** shares information with your team. - A **task** is a note that someone has to act on. It has an assignee and a due date. - **Alerts** tell you when someone mentions you or gives you a task. ## The Notes tab Open a store from the **Stores** list and click the **Notes** tab. The number next to it is how many notes and tasks the store has. ![The Notes tab of a store, with the note editor, the All, Notes, and Tasks filters, a list of notes and tasks, and the Open tasks card](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-notes-tab.BABO49Fn_QV8P3.webp) - The editor at the top is where you write a new note or task. - **All**, **Notes**, and **Tasks** filter the list. **Tasks** shows how many are still open. - Notes and tasks are listed newest first, with who added them and when. - The **Open tasks** card on the right lists the store's unfinished tasks, with who they're assigned to and when they're due. ## Add a note 1. Click in the box that says **Add a note for your team...** 2. Type your note. Use the toolbar to add headings, bold text, lists, links, or code. 3. To get someone's attention, type **@** and choose a teammate. They get an alert. You can also click the **@** button in the toolbar. 4. Click **Add note**. ## Add a task 1. Type the task in the note box, for example "Replace the window display before the Christmas sale". 2. Click **Make it a task**. 3. Optionally, under **Start from a template**, pick a [task template](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md#task-templates) to fill in the task for you. 4. Under **Assign to**, click **Choose member** and pick the teammate who should do it. Type to search. 5. Under **Due**, choose **Today**, **Tomorrow**, **Next week**, or **Date** to pick a date. 6. Click **Create task**, or press **⌘ + Enter** on a Mac. ![A new task, with Start from a template, Assign to, Due, and Create task](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-make-it-a-task.8eGbChvR_Z1rLCTb.webp) **Create task** stays greyed out until you choose who it's for. The teammate gets an alert, and the task appears in their **My tasks**. To go back to a plain note, click **Task** to switch it off. ### Task templates If your team does the same jobs again and again, set up task templates. Click **Manage templates** in the task editor, or go to **Settings** › **Task templates**. See [Task templates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md#task-templates). Your organisation can also decide whether members can write their own tasks or can only use templates. ## Manage notes and tasks Click the **⋯** menu on a task to: ![The menu on a task, with Mark complete, Change assignee, Change due date, Convert to note, Copy link, and Delete task](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-task-menu.C8ymHnLv_2n6NFQ.webp) | Option | What it does | | ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- | | **Mark complete** | Marks the task as done. You can also tick its checkbox. | | **Change assignee** | Gives the task to someone else. | | **Change due date** | Moves the due date. | | **Convert to note** | Turns the task back into a plain note. | | **Copy link** | Copies a link to the task, to share with a teammate. | | **Delete task** | Removes the task. | The **⋯** menu on a note has **Convert to task**, **Copy link**, and **Delete note**. There's no option to edit a note. To correct one, delete it and add it again. ### Overdue tasks A task that's past its due date shows **Overdue** in red, with the date it was due. Overdue tasks are also grouped at the top of **My tasks**. ## My tasks Click **My tasks** (the clipboard icon) in the top bar to see your tasks for every store. The red number is how many you still have to do. ![The My tasks panel, with To do and Completed tabs, the Assigned to me filter, and one overdue task](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-my-tasks.B11TVS3Z_5e1GP.webp) - **To do** and **Completed** switch between open and finished tasks. - The filter on the right switches between **Assigned to me** and **Assigned by me**. Use **Assigned by me** to follow up on tasks you gave to others. - Each task shows its store, due date, and who created it. Click the store name to open the store. - Tick the checkbox to mark a task as done. ## Alerts Click **Alerts** (the bell icon) in the top bar to see your notifications. The red number is how many are unread. ![The Alerts panel, showing one unread task alert](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-alerts.CvWfmiwN_Z1OqOmq.webp) You get an alert when: - Someone gives you a task (**Task**). - Someone mentions you in a note (**Mention**). - Shoppy Connect can't update your stores on Google (**Sync failure**). See [Troubleshooting](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/troubleshooting/troubleshooting.md#google-business-profile). Each alert shows who it's from, the store, and the message. - Click the tick next to an alert to mark it as read. - Click the tick at the top of the panel to mark every alert as read. - Click the filter icon to switch between **Unread** and **Read** alerts. ## Tips - Write tasks as a clear action, such as "Replace the window display", not "Window display". - Always set a due date, so tasks don't get forgotten. - Use notes for information and tasks for jobs. Don't add a task when nobody has to do anything. - Mention people only when they need to read the note, so alerts stay useful. - Check **My tasks** and **Alerts** every day. ## Troubleshooting **Create task is greyed out.** Choose who the task is for under **Assign to**. **I can't find a teammate under Assign to or @.** Check that they've accepted their invitation and can access the store. See [Team and account](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/team/team-and-account.md#change-a-persons-role-or-stores). **I can't write my own task.** Your organisation may only allow tasks from templates. Ask an administrator to check **Settings** › **Task templates**. ## Related - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Settings › Task templates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md#task-templates) - [Team and account](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/team/team-and-account.md) - [Getting started with Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md) --- title: "Posts" description: "Write news, announcements, and blog posts that appear on your store pages, and keep them up to date." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Posts" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/posts/posts markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/posts/posts.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["posts", "news", "announcements", "blog", "store pages", "featured"] --- # Posts > Write news, announcements, and blog posts that appear on your store pages, and keep them up to date. Posts let you tell customers what's happening at your stores, such as a new store opening, holiday trading hours, or a promotion. Posts appear on every store page in your store locator, so you only need to write them once. ## Types of post | Type | Use it for | | ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **News** | Store updates, such as a new opening or a refit. | | **Announcement** | Short, time-sensitive notices, such as holiday trading hours or a closure. | | **Blog Post** | Longer articles, such as product guides, tips, or stories. | ## The Posts page Click **Posts** in the sidebar to see all of your posts. ![The Posts page with no posts yet, showing Announce trading hours, Share store news, and Write a blog post](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-posts-empty.CYqtQIiz_65rKg.webp) If you haven't written any posts yet, the page suggests three ways to start: - **Announce trading hours** starts an **Announcement**. - **Share store news** starts a **News** post. - **Write a blog post** starts a **Blog Post**. Once you have posts, you can filter the list to see your **Published** posts, **Drafts**, or **Featured** posts, and sort it. Click a post to edit it. ## Write a post 1. On the **Posts** page, click **Add post**, or one of the suggestions. 2. Choose the **Type**: **News**, **Announcement**, or **Blog Post**. 3. Enter a **Title**. 4. Write a short **Excerpt**: one or two sentences that sum up the post. It's shown where there isn't room for the whole post. 5. Write the **Content**. You can format it with headings, bold text, lists, and links. 6. Under **Image**, click **Add image** to add a picture to the post. 7. Under **Status**, choose: - **Draft** to save the post without showing it to customers. - **Published** to show it on your store pages. 8. Switch on **Featured** to highlight the post. 9. Click **Save**. ![The Create post form, with Type, Title, Excerpt, Content, Status, Featured, and Image](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-create-post.B3PgbYoo_Z1U4Jl5.webp) Click **Discard** to leave without saving. ## Draft and published posts A post only appears on your store pages when its **Status** is **Published**. Use **Draft** while you're still writing, or when you want someone else to check it first. To take a post down, open it, change its **Status** to **Draft**, and click **Save**. ## Featured posts Switch on **Featured** for your most important posts, such as a current promotion or holiday hours, so they stand out. Switch it off again when the post is no longer current. ## Tips - Keep titles short and clear, for example "Open late every Thursday in December". - Always fill in the **Excerpt**. It's often the only part customers read. - Add an image. Posts with a picture get more attention. - Use an **Announcement** for holiday hours, and also add the hours as [special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#trading-hours-and-special-dates), so Google and your store pages show the right hours. - Review your posts every month, and unpublish any that are out of date. ## Related - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Getting started with Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md) --- title: "Channel sync" description: "Connect the platforms where customers find you, choose which stores appear on each one, and keep them up to date." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Channels" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["channels", "sync", "publishing"] --- # Channel sync > Connect the platforms where customers find you, choose which stores appear on each one, and keep them up to date. You only need to keep your store details up to date in one place: Shoppy Connect. **Channels** are the places those details are shared with, such as Google, your Shopify website, your store locator, and your email marketing. When a store's address, phone number, or hours change in Shoppy Connect, channel sync sends the change to every channel the store is published to, so customers see the same details everywhere. There are two levels to set up: 1. **Organisation level:** connect each channel once for your whole organisation. 2. **Store level:** choose which of your stores appear on each connected channel. ## Available channels Go to **Channels** in the sidebar to see every channel and whether it's connected. ![The Channels page, with a card for each channel. Connected channels show a red Disable button; the others show a Connect button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-channels.BjQDbT-b_Z4pMLb.webp) | Channel | What it does | | -------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Klaviyo** | Shares store information with your Klaviyo email marketing. | | **Shopify** | Links your stores to your Shopify locations. | | **Google My Business** | Keeps your Google Business Profile listings up to date on Google Search and Maps. | | **Shoppy Collect Find in Store** | Lets customers see which nearby stores have a product in stock. | | **Shoppy Collect Store Locator** | Lets customers find your stores on your website and get directions. | | **Shopify Store Page** | Creates a page on your Shopify site for each store. | | **Wildjar** | Call tracking and call analytics for your stores. | | **Apple Places** | Shows your stores on Apple Maps. | | **Microsoft** | Shows your stores on Microsoft services such as Bing. | | **Meta** | Connects your stores to Meta (Facebook and Instagram). | ### Connect a channel 1. Go to **Channels**. 2. Find the channel and click **Connect**. 3. Follow the steps to sign in to that platform and allow Shoppy Connect to access it. When a channel is connected, its button changes to **Disable**. ### Disconnect a channel Click **Disable** on the channel's card. Shoppy Connect stops sending updates to that channel for all of your stores. Your stores and their details stay in Shoppy Connect, so you can connect the channel again later. ## Choose which stores appear on each channel Each store has a **Channels** card on the right of its **Details** tab. It lists every channel: - A **filled dot** means the store is published to that channel. - An **empty dot** means it isn't. ![A store's Channels card, with Klaviyo, Shopify, Google My Business, and Shoppy Collect Find in Store marked with filled dots](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-store-channels-card.b2ar_rRT_Z170AER.webp) To change where a store is published: 1. Open the store from the **Stores** list. 2. On the **Channels** card, click the settings icon in the top-right corner. 3. In **Manage publishing**, switch each option on or off for this store. 4. Click **Done**, then click **Save** on the store. ![The Manage publishing dialog for a store, with switches for Smart Store Dashboard, Shoppy Collect Store Locator, and Shoppy Collect Find in Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-manage-publishing.LSssNW5H_Zmzp9P.webp) Changes to the store locator and Find in Store are sent in the background, so they can take a few moments to appear on your website. You can also see where each store is published in the **Status** column of the **Stores** list, which shows a badge for each channel, such as **Shopify**, **Google my Business**, or **Store Page**. ## Send changes to your channels After you change a store, you can send its latest details to its channels straight away: 1. Open the store. 2. Click **More actions**. 3. Choose one of these: - **Update all channels** sends the store's details to every channel it's published to. - **Update Store Page** updates only the store's page on your Shopify site. - **Update Find Store** updates only Find in Store. ![The More actions menu on a store, with Update all channels, Update Store Page, and Update Find Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-more-actions.Bw7RGDLQ_Z29w11i.webp) Google also syncs on a schedule you choose. See [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md). ## Link stores to Shopify locations If you sell on Shopify, each store in Shoppy Connect should be linked to its location in Shopify. Use the **Shopify** menu on the **Stores** page: - **Sync with Shopify** brings your Shopify locations into Shoppy Connect. - **Find Shopify Matches** links stores you already have in Shoppy Connect to their Shopify locations. ![The Shopify menu on the Stores page, with Sync with Shopify and Find Shopify Matches](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-shopify-menu.BYBVcqMa_PRaAT.webp) ## Troubleshooting **A store isn't showing on a channel.** Check that the channel is connected on the **Channels** page, and that the store has a filled dot for that channel on its **Channels** card. Then open the store and use **More actions** › **Update all channels**. **A change isn't showing on my website yet.** Store locator and Find in Store updates run in the background. Wait a few minutes, then refresh the page. **A store should be hidden everywhere for a while.** Switch off the store's **Status** instead of deleting it. You can switch it back on later. ## Related - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md) - [Store Locator, Find in Store, and Wildjar](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar.md) --- title: "Google Business Profile" description: "Connect your Google Business Profile, import or match your locations, and keep your listings on Google Search and Maps in sync." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Channels" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["google", "google business profile", "google my business", "sync", "reviews"] --- # Google Business Profile > Connect your Google Business Profile, import or match your locations, and keep your listings on Google Search and Maps in sync. Your Google Business Profile is often the first thing customers see when they search for you: your address, phone number, opening hours, and reviews on Google Search and Google Maps. Shoppy Connect keeps those listings in sync with your stores, so you can manage all of your locations from one place instead of editing each one in Google. In Shoppy Connect, Google Business Profile appears under its former name, **Google My Business**. ## Before you start You need: - The **Google My Business** channel connected. Go to **Channels**, find **Google My Business**, and click **Connect**. Sign in with the Google account that manages your business listings. - Access to the Google account that owns or manages your Business Profile locations. See [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) for more about connecting channels. ## The Google menu Everything to do with Google locations starts from the **Google** menu on the **Stores** page. ![The Google menu on the Stores page, with Find Google Matches, Google My Business, Google Spreadsheets, and Sync with Google](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-google-menu.CM6AMzSn_1UqsY0.webp) | Option | Use it to | | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Find Google Matches** | Link stores you already have in Shoppy Connect to their Google listings. | | **Google My Business** | Import locations from your Google Business Profile as new stores. | | **Google Spreadsheets** | Work with your stores in a Google Sheet. | | **Sync with Google** | Start a sync with Google straight away, without waiting for the schedule. | ## Import your Google locations If your locations are already on Google but not yet in Shoppy Connect, import them instead of typing them again. 1. On the **Stores** page, click **Google** › **Google My Business**. 2. Click **Select account** and choose the Google account that manages your locations. ![Choosing a Google account on the Import from Google my Business page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-import-select-account.BDrVZVuW_Z2vfWCo.webp) 3. Your Google locations are listed with their name and address. Tick the locations you want to import. ![The list of Google locations for the selected account, each with a checkbox](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-import-locations.B4E-775S_MFuOc.webp) 4. Click **Import**. The imported locations appear in your **Stores** list, already linked to Google. ## Match existing stores to Google If you already have stores in Shoppy Connect and listings on Google, link each store to its listing so Shoppy Connect knows which one to keep up to date. 1. On the **Stores** page, click **Google** › **Find Google Matches**. 2. The bar at the top shows how many of your stores are already matched. 3. For each store, search for its Google listing in the **Google Store** column and choose it. Click **Suggest all** to let Shoppy Connect suggest a match for every store. 4. Check the matches, then click **Save**. ![The Find Google Matches dialog, showing one of three stores matched and search boxes for the others](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-find-google-matches.CNBv4_xX_ZtFzwY.webp) A matched store shows a **Matched** badge. To unlink a store, click **Clear** next to it, then click **Save**. Click **Discard** to close without changing anything. A store linked to Google shows a **Google my Business** badge in the **Status** column of the Stores list. ## Sync settings Choose how and when Shoppy Connect syncs with Google under **Settings** › **Google**. ![Google Integration settings, with Sync Settings, Sync Failure Emails, and the Google Sync job schedule](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-google-settings.CxWPI34d_Z2qajAH.webp) ### Sync direction **Sync Settings** decides which side is the source of truth: - **Pull**: Shoppy Connect takes the latest details from Google and updates your stores. - **Push**: Shoppy Connect sends your store details to Google and updates your listings. Choose **Push** if your team manages store details in Shoppy Connect. Choose **Pull** if your team still edits listings directly in Google and you want Shoppy Connect to follow them. Click **Save** after changing it. ### Sync failure emails Add the email addresses that should be told when locations stop syncing with Google, then click **Save**. If you leave this empty, failures are shown only as a notification in the dashboard. ### Sync schedule Under **Google Sync**, pick how often the sync runs from **Job Schedule**: - **Daily at midnight** - **Every 7 days** - **Every 30 days** Click **Save** to start the schedule. The schedule runs on UTC time, so "midnight" means midnight UTC, not your local time. To stop automatic syncing, click **Unschedule Job**. You can still sync any time from **Google** › **Sync with Google** on the Stores page. ## Google Sheets **Google** › **Google Spreadsheets** connects your stores to a Google Sheet. If you don't have one yet, click **Create** to make a new spreadsheet. ![The Google Sheet page with no spreadsheet yet, and the Create button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/06-google-sheet.BaZMJVHF_lR0fM.webp) ## Google reviews Open a store and go to its **Reviews** tab to see the Google reviews for that location. ![A store's Reviews tab, showing the Google Reviews card](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/07-google-reviews.99tiqplZ_ZoCsUs.webp) Reviews appear only for stores that are matched to a Google listing. If you see **No google reviews found**, check that the store is matched, using **Find Google Matches**. ## Tips - Match every store to Google before you switch on **Push**, so no listing is left out. - Decide on one place where your team edits store details, and set **Sync Settings** to match. Editing the same details in both places can overwrite changes. - Use [special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#trading-hours-and-special-dates) for public holidays. Google shows holiday hours to customers, and a missing one is a common cause of wasted trips. - Add at least one address to **Sync Failure Emails**, so problems aren't missed when nobody is logged in. ## Troubleshooting **My Google locations don't appear when I import.** Make sure you chose the right account under **Select account**. The list only shows locations that Google account can manage. **A store's details aren't changing on Google.** Check that the store has a **Google my Business** badge in the Stores list, that **Sync Settings** is set to **Push**, and that a **Job Schedule** is saved. To send changes now, use **Google** › **Sync with Google**. **Google keeps overwriting my changes.** **Sync Settings** is probably set to **Pull**, so Google is the source of truth. Switch it to **Push** if you want Shoppy Connect to be the source of truth. ## Related - [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) --- title: "Store Locator, Find in Store, and Wildjar" description: "Connect the Shoppy Collect Store Locator and Find in Store to your Shopify website, choose which stores appear, push updates, and add Wildjar call tracking numbers to your stores." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Channels" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["store locator", "find in store", "shoppy collect", "shopify", "wildjar", "call tracking", "channels"] --- # Store Locator, Find in Store, and Wildjar > Connect the Shoppy Collect Store Locator and Find in Store to your Shopify website, choose which stores appear, push updates, and add Wildjar call tracking numbers to your stores. This guide covers three channels that help customers find and contact your stores: | Channel | What customers see | | -------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | [**Shoppy Collect Store Locator**](#store-locator) | A store finder on your Shopify website, where customers find your stores and get directions. | | [**Shoppy Collect Find in Store**](#find-in-store) | Which nearby stores have a product, on your Shopify website. | | [**Wildjar**](#wildjar-call-tracking) | A call tracking number for each store, so you can see which calls come from where. | All three use the store details you keep in Shoppy Connect, so you don't have to enter your addresses, phone numbers, and hours again. ## Connect the channels Go to **Channels** in the sidebar. Each channel has its own card. A connected channel shows a red **Disable** button. The others show **Connect**. ![The Shoppy Collect Find in Store, Shoppy Collect Store Locator, and Wildjar cards on the Channels page. Find in Store is connected](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-channel-cards.ClZQeyXu_Z25Ot3U.webp) ## Store Locator The store locator is a page on your Shopify website where customers find your stores, see their details, and get directions. ### Connect the store locator 1. Go to **Channels** and click **Connect** on the **Shoppy Collect Store Locator** card. 2. Under **Shopify URL**, enter your Shopify store's address, for example `your-store.myshopify.com`. 3. Click **Connect**. ![The Setup Store Locator dialog, with the Shopify URL field](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-setup-store-locator.Cro3r_nh_WFT6g.webp) When it works, you see "Store Locator connected", and the card's button changes to **Disable**. The layout of each store's page in the store locator is set under **Settings** › **General** › **Shopify Settings** › **Store Locator Page Template**. See [Shopify store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#shopify-store-pages). ### Add stores to the store locator To add stores to the store locator: 1. Go to **Stores**. 2. Tick the stores you want to add. 3. In the bar at the top of the list, click **Store Locator** › **Create Stores**. 4. Check the number of stores in the message, then click **Publish**. To add or remove a single store, you can also open it and use the switches in **Manage publishing**. See [Choose which stores appear on each channel](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md#choose-which-stores-appear-on-each-channel). ### Update the store locator When you change a store's details, the store locator is updated in the background. It can take a few moments to appear on your website. To send changes straight away: 1. Go to **Stores** and tick the stores you changed. 2. Click **Store Locator** › **Update Stores**. 3. Click **Update**. ## Find in Store Find in Store lets customers on your Shopify website see which of your nearby stores have a product, so they can buy it in person. ### Connect Find in Store 1. Go to **Channels** and click **Connect** on the **Shoppy Collect Find in Store** card. 2. Under **Shopify URL**, enter your Shopify store's address, for example `your-store.myshopify.com`. 3. Click **Connect**. When it works, you see "Find in Store connected". ### Add stores to Find in Store 1. Go to **Stores**. 2. Tick the stores you want to add. 3. In the bar at the top of the list, click **Find Store** › **Create Stores**. 4. Check the number of stores in the message, then click **Publish**. ![The Find Store menu on the Stores list, with Create Stores and Update Stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-find-store-menu.v8rJqp6__1bDYg9.webp) ![The Publish Stores to Find Store dialog, asking to confirm publishing 1 store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-publish-find-store.BR1eVQ4U_1fNcLJ.webp) You see "Stores published successfully to Find Store." when it's done. To stop a store appearing later, open it and switch off **Shoppy Collect Find in Store** in **Manage publishing**. ### Update Find in Store Find in Store is also updated in the background when you change a store. To send changes straight away: 1. Go to **Stores** and tick the stores you changed. 2. Click **Find Store** › **Update Stores**. 3. Click **Push**. For a single store, you can also open it and use **More actions** › **Update Find Store**, if it's in the menu. ## Wildjar call tracking [Wildjar](https://www.wildjar.com) gives each store its own tracking phone number, so you can see how many calls each store gets and where they come from. You need a Wildjar account with your tracking numbers already set up. ### Connect Wildjar 1. Go to **Channels** and click **Connect** on the **Wildjar** card. 2. Enter your Wildjar **Username** and **Password**. 3. Click **Connect**. ![The Setup Wildjar dialog, with Username and Password fields](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-setup-wildjar.CTgpHTwN_Ztj1qE.webp) When it works, you see "Wildjar connected". ### Add a tracking number to a store Once Wildjar is connected, each store's **Details** tab has a **Wildjar** card. 1. Open the store from the **Stores** list. 2. On the **Wildjar** card, click **Tracking Number** and choose the store's number. Each number shows its name in Wildjar and its phone number. Type to search. 3. Click **Save**. Use a different tracking number for each store, so each store's calls are counted separately. ## Disconnect a channel On the **Channels** page, click **Disable** on the channel's card, then click **Disconnect**. Your stores and their details stay in Shoppy Connect, so you can connect the channel again later. Disconnecting the store locator or Find in Store stops Shoppy Connect from updating them on your website. ## Tips - After you add a new store in Shoppy Connect, remember to add it to the store locator and Find in Store with **Create Stores**. - Before a holiday, add [special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#trading-hours-and-special-dates) and then use **Update Stores**, so customers see the right hours straight away. - Check your store locator on your phone after big changes. Most customers use it on mobile. - Ask your Wildjar contact to set up one tracking number for each store before you connect. ## Troubleshooting **A store isn't in the store locator or Find in Store.** Check that the channel is connected on the **Channels** page. Then go to **Stores**, tick the store, and use **Create Stores** in the **Store Locator** or **Find Store** menu. **A change isn't showing on my website.** Updates run in the background. Wait a few minutes and refresh the page. To send the change now, tick the store on the **Stores** page and use **Update Stores**. **"Failed to connect Store Locator" or "Failed to connect Find in Store".** Check that the **Shopify URL** is your store's myshopify address, for example `your-store.myshopify.com`. **"Failed to connect Wildjar".** Check your Wildjar username and password by signing in to Wildjar. Then try again. **There's no Wildjar card on a store, or no tracking numbers in the list.** Check that Wildjar is connected on the **Channels** page, and that your Wildjar account has tracking numbers. ## Related - [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md) - [Troubleshooting](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/troubleshooting/troubleshooting.md) --- title: "Marketing and ads" description: "Create marketing campaigns for your stores, send Klaviyo emails with products from your stores, post on Google, and link each store to its Google Ads and Microsoft Ads campaigns." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Marketing" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/marketing/marketing-and-ads markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/marketing/marketing-and-ads.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["marketing", "campaigns", "klaviyo", "email", "google posts", "google ads", "microsoft ads", "feeds"] --- # Marketing and ads > Create marketing campaigns for your stores, send Klaviyo emails with products from your stores, post on Google, and link each store to its Google Ads and Microsoft Ads campaigns. Shoppy Connect already knows your stores, their products, and their details. **Marketing** uses that information to promote your stores, so you don't have to copy it into each marketing tool. This guide covers: 1. [Marketing campaigns](#marketing-campaigns): send a Klaviyo email or a Google post for one or more stores. 2. [Google Ads and Microsoft Ads](#google-ads-and-microsoft-ads): link each store to its ad campaigns. ## Before you start Connect the channels you want to market on. See [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md). | To do this | Connect | | -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Send email campaigns | **Klaviyo** | | Post on Google Search and Maps | **Google My Business**. See [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md). | | Show products from a store in an email | **Klaviyo**, plus a [feed](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md#feeds) for that store | ## Marketing campaigns ### The Marketing page The **Marketing** page lists every campaign you've created. To open it, open any store from the **Stores** list and click **More actions** › **Create marketing campaign**. This opens a new campaign. Click the back arrow to see the list. ![The Marketing page, listing campaigns with their stores, channels, status, and dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-marketing-list.B1hv1cv9_2j68xk.webp) | Column | What it shows | | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | | **Name** | The campaign name. | | **Stores** | The stores the campaign promotes. | | **Channels** | Where the campaign runs, for example **Klaviyo**. | | **Status** | **Draft** until it's sent or scheduled, then **Scheduled**. | | **Scheduled at** | When the campaign goes out, if you scheduled it. | ### Create a campaign Click **Create Campaign**. You then go through a few steps, clicking **Continue** after each one. **Continue** stays greyed out until the step is complete. #### 1. Campaign details ![The Create Marketing Campaign page, with Campaign name, Tags, Schedule, Scheduled At, and Select Marketing Channel](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-create-campaign.EHMLEOm7_vAikM.webp) 1. Enter a **Campaign name**, for example "Christmas trading hours". Customers don't see this name. 2. Optionally, add **Tags** to group your campaigns. 3. To send the campaign later, tick **Schedule?** and choose the date under **Scheduled At**. Leave it unticked to send it when you finish. 4. Under **Select Marketing Channel**, click the channel to use: **Klaviyo**, **Shopify**, **Shoppy Collect Find in Store**, or **Google**. 5. Click **Continue**. #### 2. Choose stores Under **Select Stores To Market**, tick the stores the campaign is for. Use **Search stores...** to find a store. You must choose at least one. #### 3. Channel details What you fill in next depends on the channel. **Klaviyo email** Under **Klaviyo Campaign Details**: | Field | What to enter | | ------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Send to** | The Klaviyo lists or segments to send the email to. | | **Turn on Smart Sending** | Skips people who got another email from you recently. Klaviyo recommends leaving it on. | | **Subject** | The email subject line, for example "New arrivals are here!". | | **Preview Text** | The short line shown after the subject in the inbox. | | **Sender name** | The name people see the email from, usually your business name. | | **Sender email** | The address the email comes from. | | **Use as reply-to** | Tick to send replies to the sender email. Untick to enter a different **Reply to** address. | Then, under **Select Products To Market**, add products from your store to the email: 1. Choose a **Feed**. Feeds are set up in [Settings › Feeds](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md#feeds). 2. Click **Select Products** and tick the products to show. 3. Choose the **Columns of each row**, the number of products side by side. 4. Check the **Preview of Product Block**. Each product has a **Buy now** button. **Google post** Under **Google Post Details**, choose the **Topic Type**: | Topic type | Use it for | | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | | Standard | General news or updates about your store. | | Event | Something on a set date, such as a launch or in-store event. | | Offer | A sale or discount, with an optional coupon code. | | Alert | An important notice, such as a temporary closure. | Then fill in: - **Summary**: the text of the post. Add the **Store name tag** to put each store's own name in the text, so one campaign works for many stores. The preview shows how it reads. - **Call to action**: choose the **Action Type**, such as book, order, shop, learn more, sign up, or call, and enter the **URL** the button opens. - For an **Event**: the event **Title** and details. - For an **Offer**: the **Coupon code**, **Redeem online URL**, and **Terms and conditions**. The post appears on each store's Google Business Profile, in Google Search and Maps. #### 4. Finish Click **Continue** to create the campaign. A scheduled campaign shows **Scheduled** and goes out on the date you chose. ### Klaviyo campaigns Each Klaviyo campaign also appears in your Klaviyo account. From Shoppy Connect you can: - Click **View in Klaviyo** to see a scheduled campaign. - Click **Edit in Klaviyo** to change the design or content of a draft before it's sent. Klaviyo sends the email. Check the results, such as opens and clicks, in Klaviyo. ## Google Ads and Microsoft Ads If you advertise each store with its own Google Ads or Microsoft Ads campaign, link the campaigns to the store. This keeps your ads and your store details together. 1. Open the store from the **Stores** list. 2. Find the **Campaigns** card on the right of the **Details** tab. 3. Click **Google Ads Campaign** and tick the store's campaigns. Type to search if you have many. 4. Do the same under **MS Ads Campaign** for Microsoft Ads. 5. Click **Save**. ![The Campaigns card on a store, with a Google Ads campaign and a Microsoft Ads campaign linked](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-store-campaigns.DMYvKSy2_ZuHvGV.webp) ![The list of Google Ads campaigns, with the store's campaign ticked](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-choose-campaign.LB-xN_48_ZjHRn0.webp) The lists show the campaigns in your connected Google Ads and Microsoft Ads accounts. A store can have more than one campaign. To unlink a campaign, untick it and click **Save**. Shoppy Connect doesn't create or change ads. Create, edit, and pay for your ads in Google Ads and Microsoft Advertising as usual. ## Tips - Name campaigns so you can find them later, for example "Dec 2026 – Christmas hours – NSW". - Use the **Store name tag** in Google posts, so each store's post mentions its own name. - Schedule seasonal campaigns, such as holiday hours, a week ahead. - Before a Klaviyo campaign with products, check that the feed's collections are up to date in [Settings › Feeds](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md#feeds). - For holiday hours, also add [special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#trading-hours-and-special-dates) and a [post](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/posts/posts.md), so every channel shows the right hours. ## Troubleshooting **Continue is greyed out.** Something required is missing. Check that you entered a campaign name, chose a channel, and chose at least one store. **A channel isn't in the list.** Connect it on the **Channels** page first. See [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md). **No Google Ads or Microsoft Ads campaigns appear.** Check that your ads account is connected to Shoppy Connect. Contact Shoppy Connect support if you need help connecting it. ## Related - [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) - [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md) - [Settings › Feeds](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md#feeds) - [Posts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/posts/posts.md) - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) --- title: "Insights, analytics, and Shoppy AI" description: "See how customers find and interact with your stores, get AI insights reports by email, and ask Shoppy AI to look up or update store details for you." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Insights & AI" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["analytics", "reports", "ai insights", "shoppy ai", "out of stock"] --- # Insights, analytics, and Shoppy AI > See how customers find and interact with your stores, get AI insights reports by email, and ask Shoppy AI to look up or update store details for you. Shoppy Connect records how customers interact with your stores online: where they search from, which stores they look at, when they call or ask for directions, and which products they view. This guide covers the three ways to use that information: 1. [Insights and analytics](#insights-and-analytics): charts and tables on your dashboard. 2. [Reports](#reports): detailed reports you can filter. 3. [AI insights reports](#ai-insights-reports): an AI-written summary sent on a schedule. It also covers [Shoppy AI](#shoppy-ai), the assistant that can look up and update your store details for you. ## Insights and analytics Your **Home** dashboard and the **Analytics** page show the same insights. The Home dashboard also shows your latest [AI insights report](#ai-insights-reports) at the top. ![The Home dashboard, with the AI insights report card, the Date filter, and the Searches by Suburb map](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-dashboard.CgIVVVPv_LPh2a.webp) ### Choose a date range Use the **Date** filter at the top to choose the period to look at. Pick **Today**, **Yesterday**, or **Last 7 days**, or click a start date and an end date on the calendar. Every chart and table on the page updates to match. ![The date picker, with Today, Yesterday, and Last 7 days shortcuts and a two-month calendar](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-date-picker.De3xXfO5_Z1d5z50.webp) You can also use the store switcher in the top bar to look at a single store, or choose **All Stores** to see everything. ### Location insights **Searches by Suburb** is a map of the suburbs customers searched from when looking for a store near them. Use **+** and **−** to zoom, and **Hide Labels** to make the map easier to read. Use it to see where demand comes from, and to spot areas with lots of searches but no store nearby. ### Store insights ![The Store Insights and Product Insights sections on the dashboard](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-store-product-insights.7DFOwmNf_Z11LGeu.webp) - **Most Viewed Stores by Store Views**: which stores customers look at most. - **Calls by Stores**: which stores customers call most from your listings. - **Directions by Stores**: which stores customers ask for directions to most. This is a good sign of real visits. ### Product insights - **Products by Store Views**: which products customers view, by store and device type, with sessions and total views. - **Most Popular Suburb Searches**: the suburbs customers search from most, with the number of searches and sessions. ## Reports For more detail, go to **Analytics** › **Reports** in the sidebar. ![The Reports list, with seven reports and their categories](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-reports.CRK2dnyz_Z2cYteQ.webp) | Report | Category | What it shows | | --------------------------------------- | ----------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Location Searches by Suburb** | Search Address | A map of searches, plus the top addresses customers searched from. | | **Store Views & Sessions** | Store Performance | Your most viewed stores, with sessions and total views by device type. | | **Store Calls** | Store Performance | Your most called stores, with the total calls and the date of the last call. | | **Store Directions** | Store Performance | Which stores customers asked for directions to. | | **Product / Store Views** | Products | Which products customers viewed, and at which stores. | | **Variants / Store Views** | Products | The same, broken down by product variant, such as size or colour. | | **Out of Stock Products / Store Views** | Products | Out-of-stock products customers are looking for, so you know what to restock first. | Click a report to open it. ![The Most Viewed Stores report, with Date, Top 10, and device type filters above the chart and table](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-most-viewed-stores.CASw6HTb_Z2eVjxK.webp) Each report has its own filters. Depending on the report, you can filter by: - **Date**: the period to report on. - **Limit**: how many rows to show, for example **Top 10**, **Top 25**, **Top 50**, or **Top 100**. - **Device Type**: **Desktop**, **Mobile**, or **Tablet**, or all devices. - **Store**, **Product Type**, and **Product Tags**: narrow product reports to particular stores or products. The **Summary** row at the bottom of each table shows the totals for your filters. ### Out of stock products The **Out of Stock Products** report shows which products customers searched for or viewed while they were out of stock. Use it to decide what to restock first, and at which stores. ![The Out of Stock Products report, with Date, Store, Product Type, Product Tags, Device Type, and Limit filters](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/06-out-of-stock.B_snYmRY_Z1SBhhI.webp) This report depends on up-to-date stock levels. Set how often Shoppy Connect checks your inventory under **Settings** › **Analytics** › **Out of Stock Report**. See [Inventory sync for the out-of-stock report](#inventory-sync-for-the-out-of-stock-report). ## AI insights reports An AI insights report is a written summary of how your stores are performing, created for you by AI. It appears at the top of your **Home** dashboard, and it can be emailed to your team. Every report looks at the **last 30 days**, however often it runs. Until the first report has run, the dashboard shows **No report yet**. ### Schedule the report Go to **Settings** › **Analytics**. ![Analytics settings, with the AI Insight Schedule, AI Insight Settings, and Out of Stock Report sections](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/07-ai-settings.rf9569l6_owNcF.webp) Under **AI Insight Schedule**: 1. Choose a **Report frequency**: - **Every day** - **Every week** - **Twice a month (1st and 15th)** - **Every month** - **Every quarter (Jan, Apr, Jul, Oct)** - **Custom schedule (advanced)** 2. For a weekly report, choose the **Day of the week**. 3. Choose the **Time of day**. Reports run on the hour. 4. Check the **Time zone**. Reports run at this time zone's local time, so set it to where your team works. 5. Click **Save**. If no schedule is saved, reports only run when you create one manually. ### Create a report now Click **Sync Manually** to create a new report straight away. A manual sync rebuilds the whole report and, like a scheduled report, emails it to your recipients if report emails are on. You can run a manual sync at most once every 10 minutes. ### Email the report Under **AI Insight Settings**: 1. Switch on **Email the AI insights report**. 2. Add the email addresses that should receive it under **Report recipients**. 3. Click **Save**. Recipients get one email per report, covering every part of the report that was created successfully. If no part of the report could be created, for example because there's no data for the period, no email is sent. ### Inventory sync for the out-of-stock report Under **Out of Stock Report**, choose how often Shoppy Connect checks your inventory from **Inventory Sync Schedule**: **Daily**, **Every 7 Days**, **Every 14 Days**, or **Every 30 Days**. Click **Save**. The schedule runs on UTC time. Click **Sync Manually** to check inventory straight away. ## Shoppy AI Shoppy AI is an assistant built into Shoppy Connect. You can ask it about your stores in plain language, or ask it to update store details for you, instead of finding the right page and field yourself. ### Open Shoppy AI Click the **Shoppy AI** button (the sparkle icon) in the top bar. The assistant opens on the right of the screen, on any page. ![The Shoppy AI panel, with suggested requests and the Ask Shoppy AI anything box](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/08-shoppy-ai.KUJoUQsQ_ZiyHKY.webp) Type your request in **Ask Shoppy AI anything** and press **Enter**, or click one of the suggestions to get started. ### What you can ask Shoppy AI works with one store at a time. Name the store in your request, or open the store first and ask about "this store". Some things you can ask: - "What are the trading hours for Crowsnest Store?" - "Set Friday trading hours to 9am–9pm." - "Write a short description for this store." - "Add the upcoming NSW public holidays as special dates." ![Shoppy AI answering a question about a store's trading hours, after looking up the store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/09-shoppy-ai-answer.D94h9fqk_ZokGt1.webp) While it works, Shoppy AI shows each step it takes, such as finding the store and reading its details, with a **Completed** label when each step finishes. Click a step to see more. Shoppy AI can't yet answer questions across all of your stores at once, such as "which stores are open on Saturday". For those, use the **Stores** list or [Reports](#reports). ### Check changes before you rely on them When you ask Shoppy AI to change a store, check the result on the store's page afterwards, especially for trading hours and special dates. These are shown to customers on Google and your website. ### Conversations - Each conversation is saved and named automatically. Click the conversation name at the top of the panel to switch between conversations. - Click the **New conversation** icon to start again with a clean slate. - Click the **Expand** icon to make the panel bigger, and **×** to close it. ## Tips - Choose a date range of at least a few weeks before drawing conclusions. A single day or week can be misleading. - Compare **Calls** and **Directions** with **Views**. A store with lots of views but few calls or directions may have missing or wrong details, such as a phone number or opening hours. - Send the AI insights report to everyone who manages stores, so they see the same picture each week. - Set the inventory sync to **Daily** if your stock changes quickly, so the out-of-stock report stays accurate. ## Related - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) --- title: "Smart Store Dashboard" description: "Sign in to the Smart Store Dashboard, read the Store view and Manager view, compare stores, follow up quotes, and request a campaign boost." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Smart Store Dashboard" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/smart-store-dashboard/smart-store-dashboard markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/smart-store-dashboard/smart-store-dashboard.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["smart store dashboard", "manager view", "store view", "analytics", "calls", "quotes", "campaign boost", "wildjar"] --- # Smart Store Dashboard > Sign in to the Smart Store Dashboard, read the Store view and Manager view, compare stores, follow up quotes, and request a campaign boost. The **Smart Store Dashboard** shows how your advertising and listings bring customers to each store: calls, clicks, directions, store visits, and website inquiries. It is a separate site from the main Shoppy Connect dashboard, made for store owners and managers. There are two views: | View | Who sees it | What it shows | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Store view** | Everyone | One store's results, chosen with the store selector. | | **Manager view** | Organisation owners and administrators only | Every store at once, with filters, rankings, and call tracking. | ## Sign in Your Smart Store Dashboard has its own address, for example `yourcompany.shoppyconnect.com`, or **dashboard.shoppyconnect.com**. Your account manager gives you the address. ![The Login page of the Smart Store Dashboard, with Email, Password, the Verify you are human check, Forgot password?, Use magic link, and Use phone number](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-login.qp3bK2ol_ZI8VR6.webp) You can sign in three ways: - **Email and password.** Enter your **Email** and **Password**, tick **Verify you are human**, and click **Login**. - **Use magic link.** Enter your email and click **Send magic link**. Open the email and click the link. The link is valid for 14 days, and only the newest link you were sent works. - **Use phone number.** Choose your country, enter your **Phone Number**, and click **Send OTP**. Enter the code from the text message under **OTP Code** and click **Verify OTP**. This only works if your phone number is on your account. Forgot your password? Click **Forgot password?**, enter your email, and click **Reset Password**. The reset link works once and is valid for one hour. Setting a new password signs you out on your other devices. You can only join the dashboard by invitation. If you've been invited, open the invitation email and click **Accept invitation**. Invitations are valid for 7 days. ### Open it from Shoppy Connect In the main Shoppy Connect dashboard, open a store and switch on **Smart Store Dashboard** on its details. Then click **Open Dashboard**. The Smart Store Dashboard opens in a new tab on that store's Store view. Only stores with **Smart Store Dashboard** switched on appear in the Smart Store Dashboard. ## Store view The Store view shows the results for one store. ![The Store view, with the date range, comparison, the summary cards, the Total clicks chart, Totals by Channel, and the Google My Business cards](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-store-view.CwtzN69__NQzd.webp) ### Choose a store Click the store selector at the top right and choose a store. Type to search. You only see the stores you have access to. ![The store selector open, with a search box and a list of stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-store-selector.Zg7l5iYP_ZfVoCB.webp) ### Choose the dates - Click the date range button to change the dates. Choose a preset, such as **Last 7 days** or **Month to date**, or pick dates on the calendar, then click **Apply**. The default is the last three months. - Click **No comparison** to compare with **Previous period**, **Previous month**, **Previous quarter**, or **Previous year**. Each card then shows the percentage change. **Last updated at** on the right shows when the advertising data was last refreshed. ### Summary cards Under **Digital Advertising & SEO Summary**, five cards show the store's results for the dates you chose. Hover over a card's title to see what it counts. | Card | What it counts | | ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Virtual Calls** | Calls to the store's tracking phone number, shown in your advertising and on your website. | | **Clicks** | Clicks on your Google Ads and Microsoft Ads, plus visits to the store's pages on your website from search. | | **Web Lead Inquiries** | Contact and quote forms customers submitted to the store from your website. Click **View Quotes** to see them. | | **Click for Directions** | Customers who asked for directions, from your advertising and your website. | | **Store Visits** | People who visited the store after seeing an ad, measured by Google from their phone's location. | ### Charts - **Total clicks** shows clicks from advertising, your website, and Google My Business over time. - **Totals by Channel** compares the store's **Calls**, **Inquiries**, **Directions**, and **Clicks**. ### Google My Business This section shows the store's Google Business Profile results: **Calls**, **Clicks**, **Impressions**, **Click for Directions**, and its **Rating**. Click the number of reviews to open them on Google. If you see **Google My Business Link Missing**, the store isn't linked to its Google Business Profile. See [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md). ### News and questions At the bottom of the page: - The news card shows the latest announcement from your organisation. Click **Read more** to read it, or **View all news** to see every announcement. - The questions on the right explain what impressions, clicks, lead inquiries, calls, and views mean. Click a question to see the answer. ## Manager view The Manager view shows results for all of your stores together. Only organisation owners and administrators can see it, and they see it first when they sign in. To switch between the views, use **Manager view** and **Store view** at the top right of the page. ![The Manager view, with the date buttons, timezone, comparison, Total and Daily avg, the filters, the data status line, the metric cards, and the Calls chart](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-manager-view.DSVrXBsT_1ABOp0.webp) The heading shows the dates and how many stores are included, for example "1 Oct – 29 Oct 2026 · 130 stores". ### Choose the dates and timezone - **WTD**, **MTD**, and **QTD** show the week, month, or quarter so far. **QTD** is the default. - **Custom** lets you pick any dates, up to 400 days. Click **Apply**. - The timezone button, for example **Sydney time**, sets when each day starts. Choose your state. - **Compare** shows **Previous period**, **Same period last year**, or **Custom** dates next to your results. - **Total** shows totals. **Daily avg** shows the average per day, which helps when comparing periods of different lengths. ### Filter your stores Use the filters to look at some of your stores: - **Stores** picks individual stores. - **State** picks stores by state. - **Channel** picks Google Ads, Microsoft Ads, Google Business Profile, or SEO. - Your organisation can add its own filters from store fields, such as **Metro / Regional / Rural** or **Store Type**. See [Set up segments](#set-up-segments). - **Site** appears if your organisation has more than one website. Tick the values you want and click **Done**. Each option shows how many stores it covers. ![The Metro / Regional / Rural filter open, with Metro, Regional, and Rural and the number of stores in each](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/06-segment-filter.DqMGkfoE_ZRiExQ.webp) To remove a filter, click the **×** on it, or click **Clear**. The line under the filters shows how up to date each source is, for example "Google Ads data through 28 Oct". Recent days may not be complete yet. ### Share a view Click **Copy link** to copy a link to exactly what you're looking at, including the dates, filters, and chart. Send it to a colleague who also has access to the Manager view. ### Metric cards Five cards show the totals for the stores and dates you chose. The default cards are **Calls**, **Clicks**, **Avg. CPC**, **Cost**, and **Directions**. Hover over the **ⓘ** next to a card's name to see how it's calculated. | Metric | What it counts | | ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Calls** | Tracked calls from Wildjar, plus calls from Google Business Profile. Stores without call tracking use click-to-call counts instead. | | **Clicks** | Clicks on your Google Ads and Microsoft Ads, plus website clicks from your Business Profile listings. | | **Avg. CPC** | The average cost per click on your ads. | | **Avg. CTR** | The share of people who clicked after seeing an ad or listing. | | **Cost** | What you spent on ads, in AUD. | | **Click for directions** | Taps on "Get directions" in Google Business Profile, Google Ads, and your store finder. | | **Directions** | Click for directions plus Google Ads store visits. | | **Impressions** | Times an ad, a Business Profile listing, or a store in your store finder was shown. | | **Sessions** | Visits to a store's pages on your Shopify website from search. | To choose which cards appear, click **⋯** next to the cards and tick up to five. ![The Customise scorecards panel, with Calls, Clicks, Avg. CPC, Cost, and Directions ticked](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-customise-scorecards.CZIEFBIx_Z2a96LV.webp) ### Chart Click a card to show it on the chart. Click a second card to show two metrics at once. - **Day**, **Week**, and **Month** change how the chart groups the dates. - **Split by channel** shows a line for each channel. - A dotted line at the end means the period isn't finished yet. It shows where the number is heading at the current pace. ### By channel and Compare segments ![The By channel cards for Google Ads, Microsoft Ads, Google Business Profile, and SEO, and the Compare segments table by Metro / Regional / Rural](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/07-by-channel-and-segments.DaZPImzW_1mNhgA.webp) **By channel** shows each channel's results, with a small trend line. Click a channel's card to filter the page to it. **Compare segments** compares groups of stores: - Choose a tab, such as **By state** or **By store**, or a tab for one of your organisation's segments. - Switch between **Table** and **Chart**. - Click a column heading to sort by it. - Click a row to filter the page to that group. - **Not set** shows stores that don't have a value for that segment. On **By store**, stores are ranked, and coloured rows are 25% or more above or below the network average. Turn on **Below network average** to find the stores that need attention. Click a store to open a summary panel. Click **Open full store view** in the panel to see that store's Store view. ### Call tracking If your stores use [Wildjar call tracking](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar.md#wildjar-call-tracking), the **Call tracking** section shows how calls were handled. ![The Call tracking section, with Total calls, Answered, Missed, Abandoned, First-time callers, Avg. call duration, Calls over time, and Calls by source](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/08-call-tracking.iQw7fkE3_Z1mg6su.webp) - **Total calls** and **Answered**, with the answer rate. - **Missed** and **Abandoned** calls. Abandoned calls are callers who hung up before anyone answered. - **First-time callers** and **Avg. call duration**. - **Calls over time**, split into answered, missed, and abandoned. - **Calls by source** shows which stores or tracking numbers got the most calls. The badge at the top shows how many of your stores have call tracking. ### Set up segments Owners and administrators can choose which store fields become filters and **By …** tabs in the Manager view: 1. Open the account menu at the top right and click **Settings**. 2. Click **Manager view**. 3. Under **Segments**, switch on **Use as segment** for up to five store fields. Only single-value text, yes/no, and number fields can be segments. Values are used exactly as they're typed, so "Metro" and "metro" become two different segments. Fill in the field on every store, so fewer stores show as **Not set**. ## Quotes **Quotes** lists the quote and contact requests customers sent to a store through your website forms. To open it, click **View Quotes** on the **Web Lead Inquiries** card in the Store view. It shows quotes for the store chosen in the store selector. ![The Quotes page in Table view, with filters for Full Name, Email, and Phone Number, and a list of quotes with their status](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/09-quotes-table.BhQFaUeC_PS03e.webp) - Switch between **Kanban** and **Table**. - Use **Filter by date** and the search boxes to find a quote. - Click a quote to see everything the customer entered. Click the copy icon next to a detail to copy it. ### Follow up a quote Each quote has a status: **New**, **Won**, **Lost**, or **Archived**. ![The Quotes page in Kanban view, with New, Lost, Won, and Archived columns](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/10-quotes-kanban.D4sgcLDP_15GdwE.webp) - In **Kanban**, drag a quote to another column to change its status. - Or open the quote and click **Won**, **Lost**, or **Archive/Cancel**. - Click **Message customer** to email the customer about their quote. To add a quote you received another way, such as by phone, click **Create quote**, fill in the form, and click **Create quote**. ## Campaign boost A **campaign boost** is a temporary increase to a store's advertising budget, for example for a sale or a busy season. Store owners, owners, and administrators can request one if your organisation has turned it on. Open the account menu and click **Boost Campaigns**. ![The Campaign boost request page, with Why boost with Ezerus, Grow sales by, and the Request summary](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/11-campaign-boost.CtiauLq6_NsJOp.webp) Fill in each section: 1. **Grow sales by**: **Boost current campaigns** adds budget to your existing search ads, for a flat $100 setup fee. **Create new campaigns** builds new ones on any channel, including social media, and the setup fee is quoted after review. 2. **Channels**: choose Google Ads, Microsoft Ads, or, for new campaigns, Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, or Reddit. 3. **Campaign focus**: what the campaign should promote. Tick all that apply. 4. **Budget boost**: the total extra ad spend for the whole campaign, from $500 to $20,000. 5. **Campaign duration**: one to twelve months, starting at least 14 days from today. 6. **Agreement**: tick the boxes and type your full name to sign. The **Request summary** on the right shows the total, the monthly spend, and the setup fee. Then click **Submit boost request**. What happens next depends on your organisation: - **If requests are reviewed:** nothing is charged yet. The marketing team reviews it, usually within five business days. You get an email when it's approved, with a **Pay** button, or declined, with the reason. - **If requests aren't reviewed:** the button says **Continue to payment** and takes you straight to the payment page. You pay securely by card on Stripe's payment page. After paying, you can view the Stripe invoice and download the campaign invoice. You also get both by email. Request numbers look like `CB-2026-0001`. Keep it if you need to contact your account manager about a request. ## Your team Store owners, owners, and administrators can manage who can sign in. Open the account menu and click **Users**. - **Invite user** sends an invitation email. Choose their **Role** and the **Store** they can see. - The **Invited** tab shows invitations that haven't been accepted yet. You can resend or revoke them. - Click a person to change their stores, send them a password reset email, generate a magic link, or remove them. Each person only sees the stores they're assigned to, unless they're an owner or administrator. ## Tips - Bookmark the Manager view with your favourite filters, or use **Copy link** to save them. - Use **Daily avg** when comparing periods of different lengths, such as two months. - Turn on **Compare** to see whether a change, such as a campaign boost, made a difference. - Use **By store** with **Below network average** each month to find stores that need help. - Move quotes to **Won** or **Lost** as you follow them up, so the **New** column only shows quotes that still need a reply. ## Troubleshooting **I can't sign in.** Check that you're using the address your account manager gave you. Try **Use magic link** instead of your password. If you were sent several magic links, use the newest one. **"Store is not selected".** Choose a store in the store selector at the top right. **A store isn't in the store selector.** Ask an administrator to give you access to the store. In the main Shoppy Connect dashboard, also check that **Smart Store Dashboard** is switched on for the store. **I don't see the Manager view.** Only organisation owners and administrators can see it. **A source says "not connected", "not synced yet", or a recent day looks low.** Data from each source arrives at different times. Check the date in the line under the filters, such as "GBP through 29 Oct". Contact your account manager if a source stays out of date. **"Google My Business Link Missing".** The store isn't linked to its Google Business Profile. See [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md). **"No stores in this view have call tracking".** Add a Wildjar tracking number to your stores. See [Wildjar call tracking](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar.md#wildjar-call-tracking). **I don't see Boost Campaigns.** Only store owners, owners, and administrators can request a campaign boost, and your organisation must have turned it on. ## Related - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Insights, analytics, and Shoppy AI](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md) - [Store Locator, Find in Store, and Wildjar](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar.md) - [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md) --- title: "Forms and submissions" description: "Build forms for your store pages, choose who is emailed when a customer fills one in, and follow every submission from arrival to completion, including spam." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Forms" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/forms/forms-and-submissions markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/forms/forms-and-submissions.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["forms", "submissions", "contact form", "quotes", "spam", "form builder", "notification email"] --- # Forms and submissions > Build forms for your store pages, choose who is emailed when a customer fills one in, and follow every submission from arrival to completion, including spam. Forms let customers get in touch with a store straight from its store page, for example to ask a question or request a quote. When a customer sends a form, Shoppy Connect records it as a **submission**, emails the store and the customer, and keeps a full history so nothing gets lost. This guide covers: 1. [Forms](#forms): creating a form, building its fields, and choosing where it appears. 2. [Notification emails](#notification-emails): what the store receives when a form is sent. 3. [Submissions](#submissions): following each submission, and handling spam and failures. ## How it works Each time a customer sends a form, the submission goes through these steps in the background: 1. **Functions ran**: any [custom functions](#custom-functions) add extra information to the submission. 2. **Quote created**: the submission is saved as a quote. 3. **Store email sent**: the store gets the [notification email](#notification-emails). 4. **Customer email sent**: the customer gets an email to confirm. 5. **Completed**: every step has finished. Submissions that look like spam are stopped before the first step, so no quote is created and no emails are sent. You can still release them if they turn out to be real. See [Spam](#spam). ## Forms Go to **Settings** › **Forms** to see all of your forms. ![The Forms page, listing the Contact Store form with the date it was last updated and an Add Form button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-forms-list.CX1LiBMs_1iLvj6.webp) - Click a form's name to open it. - Click **Add Form** to create a new one. - Use the **⋯** menu on a row to delete a form. Opening a form shows its name, notification email, and the store it belongs to. Click **Builder** to change its fields and settings. ![The Contact Store form, with Name, Subject, Body, Description, and Store, and the Builder, Delete, and Save buttons](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-form-details.-PAgYlCB_Z252TPn.webp) ### The form builder The builder is where you design the form customers see. ![The form builder, with the elements panel on the left, the Contact Store form with Name, Email, and Message fields in the middle, and the field settings panel on the right](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-form-builder.DAQtdUo3_ZvIqqy.webp) The builder has three panels: - **Left**: the elements you can add (**Add**), and a list of the fields already on the form (**Outline**). - **Middle**: a live preview of your form. Click a field to edit it, or drag it to move it. - **Right**: the settings for the selected field, or a list of keyboard shortcuts when nothing is selected. The bar across the top shows the form's name and status, such as **Draft**, and has these controls: - **Build** and **Settings** switch between designing the form and its [settings](#form-settings). - **Undo** and **Redo**. - **Desktop preview** and **Mobile preview**, to check how the form looks on each. - **Save draft** saves your work without changing the live form. - **Publish** makes your changes live on your store pages. ### Add fields In the **Add** panel, click an element to add it to the end of the form, or drag it to where you want it. Use **Search elements** to find one quickly. | Group | Element | Use it for | | ----------- | ------------------ | --------------------------------------------- | | **Fields** | **Short text** | A name, email address, phone number, or rego. | | | **Long text** | Messages and notes. | | **Choices** | **Dropdown** | Picking one option from a list. | | | **Multi-select** | Picking several options from a list. | | | **Button choices** | Quick picks, such as days or sizes. | | | **Checkbox** | Consent, or a yes or no answer. | | | **Switch** | An on or off preference. | | | **Slider** | A number in a range. | | **Content** | **Heading** | The form title. | | | **Subheading** | A section title. | | | **Small heading** | A label for a group of fields. | | | **Paragraph** | Instructions or notes for the customer. | | | **Divider** | A visual break between sections. | ### Edit a field Click a field on the form to select it. A toolbar appears above it, and its settings open on the right. ![The settings for the Email field: Label, Answer type, Placeholder, Help text, Required, and the Advanced options Field key and Disabled](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-field-settings.DBQY6U7B_Z260DLa.webp) | Setting | What it does | | --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Change type** | Turns the field into a different element, for example from **Short text** to **Long text**. | | **Label** | The question the customer sees. | | **Answer type** | For **Short text**: **Text**, **Email**, **Phone**, **Number**, or **Website**. Shoppy Connect checks the answer matches, for example a valid email address. | | **Placeholder** | Example text shown in the empty field. | | **Help text** | A hint shown under the field. | | **Required** | Customers must fill this in before they can send the form. | | **Field key** | Under **Advanced**. The name used to insert this answer in the notification email, for example `{{email}}`. | | **Disabled** | Under **Advanced**. The field is shown but can't be filled in. | The toolbar above a selected field lets you: - **Move up** and **Move down**. - **Stack fields**: place the field next to the one before it, or back on its own row. For example, the Contact Store form shows **Name** and **Email** side by side. - **Duplicate** the field. - **Delete** the field. The **Outline** tab lists every field in order, with required fields marked with a red **\***. Fields shown side by side appear indented under the field they sit next to. ![The Outline tab listing Name, Email, and Message, next to the mobile preview of the form](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/06-outline-mobile.CcNmMTVV_Z1PlkFx.webp) **Keyboard shortcuts** | Action | Mac | Windows | | --------------- | -------- | --------------------- | | Undo / redo | ⌘Z / ⌘⇧Z | Ctrl+Z / Ctrl+Shift+Z | | Duplicate field | ⌘D | Ctrl+D | | Delete field | ⌫ | Backspace | | Move field | ⌥↑ / ⌥↓ | Alt+↑ / Alt+↓ | | Save | ⌘S | Ctrl+S | | Deselect | Esc | Esc | ### Start from a template To save time, click **Start from a template** at the bottom of the **Add** panel. ![The Start from a template dialog, with Request a quote, Contact us, Feedback, Waitlist, and Blank form](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-templates.BZ9u9lC8_1L66wu.webp) | Template | Includes | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | | **Request a quote** | Vehicle, service, and contact details. | | **Contact us** | Name, email, and a message. | | **Feedback** | A single comment box. | | **Waitlist** | An email field to collect early sign-ups. | | **Blank form** | Nothing, so you can start from scratch. | Choosing a template replaces everything on the form. If you choose one by mistake, click **Undo**. ### Form settings Click **Settings** at the top of the builder. - **Details**: the form's **Name**, and a **Description** that only your team sees. - **Notification email**: see [Notification emails](#notification-emails). - **Stores**: tick the stores whose store pages should show this form. Use **Select all** to add it to every store, or the search box to find one. - **Delete form**: see [Delete a form](#delete-a-form). You can also choose a store's forms from the **Forms** card on the right of its **Details** tab. See [Managing stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#what-you-can-set-on-a-store). ### Publish your changes When you're happy with the form, click **Publish**. Until then, the form shows as **Draft** and you can click **Save draft** to keep your work. If you try to leave the builder with unsaved changes, Shoppy Connect asks you to save first. Click **Save draft** or **Publish**, or leave the page to discard your changes. ### Delete a form Use **Delete form** in the builder's **Settings**, or the **⋯** menu on the Forms list. > **Important:** Deleting a form removes it from every store and **permanently deletes all of its submissions and quotes**. To stop using a form for a while, untick its stores under **Stores** instead. ## Notification emails Every time someone sends the form, the store is emailed. Set up this email in the builder's **Settings**, under **Notification email**. ![The Notification email settings, with Subject, Body, and buttons to insert the customer's answers and store details](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/07-notification-email.9wHyJRd6_1Og42r.webp) 1. Enter a **Subject**, for example "New enquiry from your store page". 2. Write the **Body**. You can format it with headings, bold text, lists, and links. 3. Insert information where the cursor is: - **Insert an answer from the form**: one button for each field on the form, such as **Name**, **Email**, or **Message**. - **Insert store details**: **Store Name**, **Store Contact**, and **Date**. 4. Click **Save draft** or **Publish**. Inserted information appears as a placeholder in double curly brackets, such as `{{storename}}` or `{{email}}`, and is replaced with the real values when the email is sent. A field's placeholder matches its **Field key**. The email to the customer, and the address it's sent from, are set under **Settings** › **General** › **Email Settings**. There you can also add **BCC Emails**, so a copy of every customer email goes to your team. See [Set up your organisation](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md#1-set-up-your-organisation). Include the customer's name, email, and message in the notification, so the store can reply without opening the dashboard. ## Submissions Go to **Settings** › **Submissions** to see every form your customers have sent. ![The Submissions list, with the All, Pending, Processing, Completed, Failed, and Spam filters, and columns for Created, Form, Store, Status, Attempts, and Reason](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/08-submissions.5H0Tdfjm_Z2nu2kc.webp) Each row shows: - **Created**: when the customer sent the form. - **Form** and **Store**: which form, on which store page. - **Status**: where the submission is up to. See the table below. - **Attempts**: how many times Shoppy Connect has tried to process it. - **Reason**: why a submission was flagged as spam or failed. Submissions are processed in the background, so a new one may take a moment to finish. Click **Refresh** to see the latest status. | Status | What it means | | -------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Pending** | Received and waiting to be processed. | | **Processing** | Being processed now. | | **Completed** | Every step finished: the quote was created and both emails were sent. | | **Failed** | A step couldn't be completed. Check the **Reason** column and the submission's details. | | **Spam** | Looked like spam, so it wasn't processed. No quote was created and no emails were sent. | Use the filters at the top of the table to see only submissions with one status. ### See a submission's details Click a submission to open it. ![A completed submission, with the customer's answers under Payload and every step marked complete under Progress](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/11-completed-submission.DGSXHe2v_Z1FxesE.webp) - **Payload**: what the customer entered, field by field. The **Submitted** column is what they typed. The **Enriched** column is the same submission after any [custom functions](#custom-functions) have run. - **Progress**: each step, with the time it finished. Use it to check that the store and the customer were emailed. - **Details**: the form, store, quote, the customer's IP address, the number of attempts, and when the submission was created and last updated. ### Spam Shoppy Connect checks every submission for signs of spam before processing it, for example a name that contains numbers, or a message with no letters. These submissions get the **Spam** status, and the **Reason** column says what was found. ![The Spam filter, showing one submission with the reasons Name contains digits and Message has no letters, and a Not spam button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/09-spam-filter.6uY98sY1_Z2boU7x.webp) Open a spam submission to see all of the reasons: ![A submission flagged as spam, with the reasons it was flagged, what the customer entered, and the Not spam — process it button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/10-spam-submission.CugJOT9X_Z1APNsV.webp) If it's a real customer: 1. Click **Not spam** on the row, or **Not spam — process it** on the submission. 2. Shoppy Connect processes the submission as usual: the quote is created, and the store and the customer are emailed. Check the **Spam** filter every week or so, so real customers aren't left waiting for a reply. ### Custom functions Custom functions are short pieces of JavaScript that run when a customer sends a form. They can look up information in other systems and add fields to the submission before the quote is created and the emails are sent. Set them up under **Settings** › **Functions**. They're usually set up by a developer. ## Tips - Start from the **Contact us** template, then add only the fields you really need. Shorter forms get more replies. - Make the email field **Required** and set its **Answer type** to **Email**, so you can always reply. - Use **Help text** to explain anything unusual, such as what a rego number is. - Check your form in **Mobile preview** before you publish. Most customers use their phone. - Send yourself a test submission from a store page after publishing, and check it reaches **Completed**. ## Troubleshooting **A store didn't get the notification email.** Open the submission and check **Progress**. If **Store email sent** isn't ticked, check the **Status** and **Reason**. Also check that the store's **Email** is set on its **Details** tab, and look in the store's spam folder. **A real customer's message was marked as spam.** Open it from the **Spam** filter and click **Not spam — process it**. **The form doesn't appear on a store page.** Check that the form is published, that the store is ticked under **Stores** in the form's settings, and that the store's page is published. See [Shopify store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#shopify-store-pages). ## Related - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Getting started with Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md) --- title: "Settings" description: "A guide to every Settings page in Shoppy Connect, including customer emails, store search, store page templates, task templates, Klaviyo feeds, tags, labels, custom data, and API keys." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Settings" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["settings", "email", "task templates", "feeds", "klaviyo", "tags", "labels", "metafields", "custom data", "api keys"] --- # Settings > A guide to every Settings page in Shoppy Connect, including customer emails, store search, store page templates, task templates, Klaviyo feeds, tags, labels, custom data, and API keys. **Settings** holds the options that apply to your whole organisation. Click **Settings** in the sidebar to open it. The menu on the left lists every settings page. | Page | What it's for | | --------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | [General](#general) | Organisation details, websites, customer emails, store search and filters, and store page templates. | | [Task templates](#task-templates) | Ready-made tasks your team can add to any store in one click. | | [Feeds](#feeds) | Store and product feeds for Klaviyo. | | [Tags](#tags) | Coloured tags to organise your stores. | | [Labels](#labels) | Labels to organise your stores. | | [Custom Data](#custom-data) | Extra fields (metafields) for your stores. | | **Forms**, **Functions**, and **Submissions** | Forms on your store pages and what customers send through them. See [Forms and submissions](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/forms/forms-and-submissions.md). | | **Google** | How your stores sync with Google. See [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md#sync-settings). | | **Analytics** | AI insights reports and the out-of-stock inventory sync. See [AI insights reports](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md#ai-insights-reports). | | [API Keys](#api-keys) | Keys that let other systems connect to Shoppy Connect. | ## General ![General settings, with Organization Details, Websites, and Email Settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-general.C3qv8ok5_Z26pbfu.webp) **Organization Details** and **Websites** are covered in [Set up your organisation](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md#1-set-up-your-organisation). The rest of the page is described below. ![Email Settings, Search Stores Settings, Filter Settings, and Shopify Settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-email-search-filter.DApNH9v5_Z8x9hK.webp) Each section has its own **Save** button. Save each section after you change it. ### Email settings These settings control the emails Shoppy Connect sends to your customers, for example to confirm a [form submission](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/forms/forms-and-submissions.md). | Setting | What it does | | ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Send Customer Emails** | Switch on to email customers. Switch off if you don't want customers to receive any emails. | | **From Email** | The address customer emails come from. | | **From Name** | The name customers see as the sender, for example your business name. | | **BCC Emails** | Addresses that get a copy of every customer email, for example your customer service inbox. | ### Search stores settings **Sort By** sets the order stores are listed in when customers search for a store: **Name (A-Z)** or **Name (Z-A)**. ### Filter settings Choose which [custom data](#custom-data) fields customers can filter stores by. Click **Metafields**, tick the fields you want, and click **Save**. ### Shopify settings **Store Locator Page Template** is the layout of the [store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#shopify-store-pages) on your Shopify site. To make a new layout, click **Create New Template**. ![The Create New Template dialog, with a Template Name field that starts with sc-](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-new-page-template.aRj1W7cT_ZJadCj.webp) 1. Enter a **Template Name**, for example `sc-flagship-template`. Shoppy Connect adds `sc-` to the start of the name for you. 2. Click **Create**. Shoppy Connect copies the default store page template into your current live Shopify theme under the new name. You can then customise it in Shopify, and switch between templates when you need to. ## Task templates Task templates are tasks your team does again and again, such as replying to a new Google review. Anyone can add one to a store's **Notes** tab in one click, with the same wording, assignee, and deadline every time. ![The Task templates page, with the Members can write their own tasks switch and three suggested templates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-task-templates.CvIVq35D_1gzXUJ.webp) **Members can write their own tasks**: when this is on, members can pick a template or write their own task. When it's off, they can only add tasks from your templates. If you don't have any templates yet, click a suggestion to start from it, such as **Reply to new Google review**, **Update Google Business Profile hours**, or **Restock counter consumables**. ### Create a task template Click **Create template**. ![The Create task template dialog, with Task, Details, Assign to, Due, Available in, and a preview of how the task looks in a store's Notes tab](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-create-task-template.QqWCRawm_2qMvdR.webp) 1. Enter the **Task**, up to 80 characters. For example, "Restock tyre shine and valve caps". 2. Optionally, add **Details**: steps, links, or anything the person doing it should know. 3. Choose who it's assigned to under **Assign to**: - **Chosen when added**: whoever adds the task picks a teammate. - **Person adding it**: good for jobs people log for themselves. - **A specific member**: always goes to the same person. 4. Choose when it's **Due**: **No due date**, **Same day**, **Next day**, **In a week**, or **Custom**. Members can still change the date when they add the task. 5. Choose where it's **Available in**: **All stores**, or **Specific stores**. 6. Leave **Available to members** on, so your team can use it. 7. Click **Create template**. The preview on the right shows how the task will look in a store's **Notes** tab. ## Feeds Feeds share a store and a set of products with Klaviyo, so you can use them in your email marketing. The [Klaviyo channel](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) must be connected. ![The Feeds list, with each feed's title, Klaviyo name, and creation date](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/06-feeds.KNbby91Y_Z24q5rg.webp) Each feed has a **Klaviyo name**, made from its title, for example `double_bay_nike`. Use this name to find the feed in Klaviyo. To add a feed: 1. Click **Add feed**. 2. Enter a **Title**, for example "Double Bay – Nike". 3. Choose the **Store**. 4. Choose one or more Shopify **Collections** to include. 5. Click **Create**. ![The Create Feed page, with Title, Store, and Collections](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/07-create-feed.Bcy4UimM_ZxM31x.webp) To delete a feed, use the **⋯** menu on its row. Check that it isn't used in any Klaviyo emails first. ## Tags Tags help you group and find stores, for example "Flagship" or "Shopping centre". Each tag has a colour, so it stands out in the Stores list. ![The Tags list, with the Edit and Delete options in a tag's menu](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/08-tags.BT5YWE2q_6O6Qy.webp) To add a tag, click **Add tag**, enter a **Name**, pick a **Color**, and click **Create**. ![The Create tag dialog, with Name and Color](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/09-create-tag.CvJmqBYO_ZLOMsm.webp) Use the **⋯** menu on a tag to **Edit** or **Delete** it. Add tags to a store from the **Tags** card on its **Details** tab. Then filter the Stores list by tag. ## Labels Labels work like tags but have no colour. Use them for a second way to group stores, for example "Renovating" or "Needs new photos". ![The Labels list](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/10-labels.BqZARi5I_uyJ1x.webp) To add a label, click **Add label**, enter a **Name**, and click **Create**. Use the **⋯** menu on a label to change or delete it. Add labels to a store from the **Labels** card on its **Details** tab. ## Custom data Custom data lets you add your own fields to every store, such as a headline or a key selling point. These fields are called **metafields**. Once you add a metafield, it appears in the **Metafields** card on each store's **Details** tab, ready to fill in. ![The Custom data list, showing two store metafields of type Single Line Text Field](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/11-custom-data.ejbldWxa_11jBvA.webp) To add a metafield: 1. Click **Add metafield**. 2. Enter a **Name** your team will recognise, for example "Value Proposition Headline". 3. Enter a **Key**. The system uses this to identify the field, for example `value_proposition_headline`. Use lowercase words separated by underscores. 4. Optionally, add a **Description** to explain what to enter. 5. Choose the **Group**, for example **Stores**. 6. Click **Select Type** and choose the kind of information it holds. 7. Click **Save**. ![The Add metafield definition page, with Name, Key, Description, Group, and Select Type](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/12-add-metafield.CYpM3387_LzPrI.webp) | Type | Use it for | | ----------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- | | **Single line text field** | A short piece of text, such as a headline. | | **Multi line text field** | Plain text over several lines. | | **Rich text field** | Formatted text, with bold, lists, and links. | | **Number integer** and **Number decimal** | Whole numbers, or numbers with decimals. | | **True or false** | A yes or no answer. | | **Date** and **Date time** | A date, or a date and time. | | **Color** | A colour. | | **Link** and **Url** | A web address. | | **Rating** | A rating, such as a score out of 5. | | **Json** | Structured data. Usually set up by a developer. | Choose the type carefully. Pick the type that matches the information, so your team enters it in the right format. To let customers filter stores by a metafield, add it under [Filter settings](#filter-settings). ## API keys API keys let other systems, such as Zapier or your own software, connect to your Shoppy Connect organisation. To create a key: 1. Click **Add API key**. 2. Enter a **Name** that says what the key is for, for example "Zapier integration". 3. Choose when it **Expires**: **Never**, **7 days**, **30 days**, **90 days**, or **1 year**. 4. Click **Create**. ![The Add API key dialog, with Name and Expires](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/13-add-api-key.BvZ_4Lib_Z1YgkU7.webp) > **Important:** Treat an API key like a password. Anyone with the key can access your organisation's data. Only share it with people and systems you trust, and never post it in emails or chat. Give each system its own key, and choose an expiry date when you can. If a key might have been shared by mistake, delete it and create a new one. ## Related - [Getting started with Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md) - [Forms and submissions](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/forms/forms-and-submissions.md) - [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md) - [Insights, analytics, and Shoppy AI](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md) --- title: "Team and account" description: "Invite your team, choose each person's role and stores, manage invitations, and keep your own account secure with a verified email, mobile number, and two-factor authentication." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Team & account" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/team/team-and-account markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/team/team-and-account.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["users", "team", "roles", "invite", "permissions", "profile", "two-factor authentication", "security", "organisations"] --- # Team and account > Invite your team, choose each person's role and stores, manage invitations, and keep your own account secure with a verified email, mobile number, and two-factor authentication. Everyone who works in Shoppy Connect has their own account. As an owner or administrator, you decide who joins your organisation, what role they have, and which stores they can work on. Each person looks after their own sign-in details and security on their **Profile**. This guide covers: 1. [Your team](#your-team): users, roles, stores, and invitations. 2. [Your account](#your-account): your profile, sign-in security, and organisations. ## Your team ### The Users list Click **Users** in the sidebar to see everyone in your organisation. ![The Users list, with each person's name, email, role, date added, and email and phone verification status](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-users.DP4d5MnI_Z2s96ll.webp) | Column | What it shows | | ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Name** and **Email** | Who the person is. | | **Role** | What they can do in Shoppy Connect. See [Roles](#roles). | | **Date added** | When they joined your organisation. | | **Status** | Whether they have verified their email address and phone number. | To find people: - Use **All**, **Active**, and **Banned** at the top to filter by account status. - Type in **Search Users** to search by name or email. - Click **Add filter** to filter by **Email** or **Role**. ### Add people to your team There are two ways to add someone. **Invite user** is the one to use in most cases. | Option | What happens | Use it when | | --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------- | | **Invite user** | They get an email inviting them to join, and they set their own password. | Almost always. | | **Add user** | Their account is created straight away, with a name, email, and password you choose. | Someone can't receive the invitation email. | #### Invite a user 1. On the **Users** page, click **Invite user**. 2. Enter their **Email**. 3. Choose a **Role**. 4. Optionally, enter their **Phone number**. 5. Under **Stores**, tick the stores they should work on. Use the search box if you have many stores. 6. Click **Send invitation**. ![The Invite user form, with Email, Role, Phone number, and a list of stores to tick](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-invite-user.BhOLmrrE_Z22UjS9.webp) #### Add a user directly 1. On the **Users** page, click **Add user**. 2. Enter their **Name**, **Email**, and a **Password**. 3. Choose a **Role**, and optionally a **Phone number**. 4. Tick the **Stores** they should work on. 5. Click **Create**. Share the password with them securely, not by email or chat, and ask them to change it the first time they sign in. See [Change your password](#change-your-password). ### Manage invitations Click **Invited** under **Users** in the sidebar to see every invitation you've sent. ![The Invited Users list, with each invitation's email, role, expiry date, and status, and the Resend invitation and Cancel invitation options](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/06-invited-users.BENMFvp9_Z1Ffov3.webp) Each invitation shows the role it's for, when it expires, and its **Status**, such as **Accepted**. Use the **⋯** menu on an invitation to: - **Resend invitation**, for example if it went to the person's spam folder or has expired. - **Cancel invitation**, if you sent it to the wrong address or the person no longer needs access. These options aren't available once an invitation has been accepted. ### Roles A person's role decides what they can see and do in Shoppy Connect. You choose it when you invite them, and you can change it at any time. When inviting or adding someone, you can choose: - **Store Manager** - **Franchise** - **Analyst** - **Store Owner** - **Administrator** The Users list can also show **Owner**, for the people who own the organisation, and **Assistant**. Give each person the role with the least access they need to do their job. For example, someone who only reads reports doesn't need to edit stores. ### Change a person's role or stores On the **Users** page, click the **⋯** menu on the person's row. ![The menu on a user's row, with Assign Role and Assign Stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-user-menu.DfaZAoi4_1UkzPc.webp) **Assign Role** 1. Choose the new **Role**. 2. Click **Assign**. ![The Assign Role dialog](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-assign-role.B47Ae8Se_ZyhEVQ.webp) **Assign Stores** The list shows every store. Stores the person can already work on have a **−** button, and the others have a **+** button. 1. Click **+** to give them a store, or **−** to take it away. 2. Use **Show only selected** to see just the stores they have, or the search box to find a store. 3. Click **Save**. ![The Assign stores to user dialog, with one store already assigned](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-assign-stores.BkvJ05Lk_11AS8F.webp) ### Assign members from a store You can also choose who looks after a store from the store itself: 1. Open the store from the **Stores** list. 2. Click **More actions** › **Assign members**. 3. Click **+** next to each person to add them. 4. Click **Save**. ![The Assign Member dialog on a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/07-assign-member.B48r60O__LgwIc.webp) ## Your account Click **Profile** in the sidebar, or **Manage Account** in the account menu, to manage your own account. ![The Profile page, with Account security progress, Personal details, Sign-in & security, Where you're signed in, and Organisations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/08-profile.CbUqCo4L_1HJpic.webp) ### Account security The **Account security** bar at the top shows how many of the four security steps you've done: - **Email verified** - **Mobile number verified** - **Two-factor authentication** - **Password** Any step that isn't done has a link to finish it, such as **Add and verify** or **Set up in 2 minutes**. ### Personal details **Full name** Click **Edit**, change your name, and click **Save**. Your name is shown to your teammates. **Email** 1. Click **Change**. 2. Enter your new email address. 3. Click **Send verification link**. 4. Open the email sent to your new address and confirm it. ![Changing your email, with the new address field and Send verification link](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/09-change-email.BNLSuxD4_qz7Fv.webp) Your current email keeps working until you confirm the new one. **Mobile number** Your mobile number is used for sign-in codes and SMS alerts. 1. Click **Add number**. 2. Choose your country code, for example **AU +61**, and enter your number. 3. Click **Send code**. 4. Enter the 6-digit code from the text message. ![Adding a mobile number, with the country code, number, and Send code](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/10-add-mobile.CBRTGZ86_ZDXKpm.webp) ### Sign-in and security **Two-factor authentication** With two-factor authentication, you enter a code from an authenticator app, such as Google Authenticator, 1Password, or Authy, each time you sign in. This keeps your account safe even if someone learns your password. Click **Set up** and follow the steps to connect your authenticator app. Two-factor authentication protects every store and channel connected to your organisations. Ask everyone on your team to switch it on. #### Change your password Click **Send reset email**. You'll get an email with a secure link to set a new password. ### Where you're signed in This section lists every device signed in to your account, such as **Chrome on macOS**. The device you're using now is marked **This device**. If you see a device you don't recognise, change your password straight away and switch on two-factor authentication. ### Organisations This section lists every organisation you belong to, the number of stores and members in each, and your role. The one you're working in is marked **Current**. To switch organisations, open the account menu (your organisation name, top right) and choose another organisation. Roles are managed by an owner or administrator of each organisation. ## Tips - Invite people instead of adding them, so nobody else knows their password. - Only give access to the stores each person works on. - Review the Users list every few months, and remove access for people who have left. - Ask everyone to complete all four account security steps. ## Troubleshooting **Someone didn't get their invitation.** Ask them to check their spam folder. Then go to **Users** › **Invited** and use **Resend invitation**. Check that the email address is correct. **Someone can't see a store.** Open the **⋯** menu on their row and choose **Assign Stores**. Check that the store has a **−** button next to it. **I can't change someone's role.** Roles are managed by an owner or administrator. Ask one of them to change it for you. ## Related - [Getting started with Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md) - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md) --- title: "Troubleshooting" description: "Solutions to common problems in Shoppy Connect, including signing in, two-factor authentication, store details not updating, Google sync failures, forms, team access, and marketing campaigns." product: "ShoppyConnect" section: "Troubleshooting" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/troubleshooting/troubleshooting markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/troubleshooting/troubleshooting.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["troubleshooting", "sign in", "password", "two-factor authentication", "backup codes", "sync failure", "google", "channels", "forms", "errors"] --- # Troubleshooting > Solutions to common problems in Shoppy Connect, including signing in, two-factor authentication, store details not updating, Google sync failures, forms, team access, and marketing campaigns. Find your problem below, then follow the steps. Each answer links to the full guide if you need more detail. - [Signing in](#signing-in) - [Stores and store pages](#stores-and-store-pages) - [Channels](#channels) - [Google Business Profile](#google-business-profile) - [Forms and submissions](#forms-and-submissions) - [Team and access](#team-and-access) - [Notes, tasks, and alerts](#notes-tasks-and-alerts) - [Marketing](#marketing) - [Error messages](#error-messages) ## Before you start Many problems are fixed by these quick checks: 1. **Refresh the page.** Shoppy Connect updates some information in the background. 2. **Check you're in the right organisation and store.** Look at the store switcher and your organisation name in the top bar. See [A tour of the dashboard](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md#a-tour-of-the-dashboard). 3. **Check your Alerts** (the bell icon). Shoppy Connect tells you there when something has failed, such as a Google sync. 4. **Wait a few minutes.** Changes to your channels can take a few minutes to appear. ## Signing in **I forgot my password.** 1. On the sign-in page, click **Forgot password?** 2. Enter your email and click **Request Password Reset**. 3. Open the email and follow the link to set a new password. If the email doesn't arrive, check your spam folder. You can also sign in without a password, using a magic link (below). **I want to sign in without my password.** On the sign-in page, choose **Sign in with magic link**, enter your email, and click **Send magic link**. Open the email and click the link. The link works once and is valid for 14 days. If you see "Magic link is invalid or has expired. Please request a new one.", the link has already been used or is too old. Request a new one. **My authenticator code doesn't work ("That code didn't match").** - Make sure you're using the code for Shoppy Connect, not another account in your authenticator app. - Enter the code before it changes. Codes refresh every 30 seconds. - Check that your phone's time is set automatically. If the clock is wrong, the codes are wrong. **I lost my phone or deleted my authenticator app.** Use one of your **backup codes** instead of the authenticator code. Each backup code works once. Once you're signed in, set up two-factor authentication again on your **Profile**, and generate new backup codes. See [Two-factor authentication](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/team/team-and-account.md#sign-in-and-security). If you don't have your backup codes either, ask an owner or administrator of your organisation to contact Shoppy Connect support. **"Too many failed verification attempts. Your account is temporarily locked."** You entered too many wrong codes. Wait a while, then try again. **"Too many attempts. Please request a new code."** Request a new code, for example with **Resend code**, then enter the new code. **I don't see my organisation after signing in.** You may belong to more than one organisation. Open the account menu (your organisation name, top right) and choose the right one. See [Organisations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/team/team-and-account.md#organisations). ## Stores and store pages **A change I made isn't showing anywhere.** Check that you clicked **Save** at the top of the store. If you leave the page without saving, your changes are lost. **A store's page on my Shopify website isn't updating.** 1. Open the store and check that **Store Page** publishing is **Active**. 2. Click **More actions** › **Update Store Page**. 3. Wait a few minutes and refresh your website. See [Shopify store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#shopify-store-pages). **Holiday hours are wrong on Google or my website.** Add the day as a [special date](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md#add-a-special-date) on the store, rather than changing the normal weekly hours. Then save the store. **A store should be hidden for a while.** Switch off the store's **Status** instead of deleting it. You can switch it back on later. **I can't find a store in the Stores list.** Clear the search box and any filters. If you still can't see it, you may not have access to that store. Ask an administrator to add it for you. See [Change a person's role or stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/team/team-and-account.md#change-a-persons-role-or-stores). ## Channels **A store isn't showing on a channel.** 1. Check that the channel is connected on the **Channels** page. 2. Open the store and check its **Channels** card. The channel should have a filled dot. 3. Click **More actions** › **Update all channels**. See [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md). **"Channels sync is in progress..."** A sync is already running. Wait for it to finish, then refresh the page. Syncing can take a few minutes. **"Failed to sync channels. Please try again."** Wait a minute and try again. If it keeps failing, check that the channel is still connected on the **Channels** page. Reconnect it if needed. **Store locator or Find in Store isn't up to date.** These update in the background. Wait a few minutes, then refresh your website. To send changes now, go to **Stores**, tick the store, and use **Store Locator** › **Update Stores** or **Find Store** › **Update Stores**. See [Store Locator, Find in Store, and Wildjar](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar.md). ## Google Business Profile **I got a "Sync failure" alert.** Shoppy Connect couldn't update one or more of your stores on Google. Open **Alerts** to see the alert, then use the button on it, such as **Fix Google connection** or **View failing locations**. | Alert | What it means | What to do | | ------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Google connection issue** | Shoppy Connect couldn't reach Google. The connection was revoked or expired, or the account lost access. All your locations are affected. | Click **Fix Google connection** and reconnect Google. Use a Google account that manages your Business Profiles. | | **Locations not syncing with Google** | Some stores couldn't be updated. | Click **View failing locations**. For each store, accept the suggested Google location if it's right, or disconnect it. Then check the store in Google Business Profile. | | **Locations syncing again** | The problem is fixed. | Nothing. The alert closed by itself. | | **Earlier sync failure** | A newer report has replaced this one. | Look at the newest alert instead. | **My Google locations don't appear when I import.** Check that you chose the right account under **Select account**. The list only shows locations that Google account can manage. **A store's details aren't changing on Google.** - Check that the store has a **Google my Business** badge in the Stores list. - Check that **Sync Settings** is set to **Push**, and that a **Job Schedule** is saved. - To send changes now, use **Google** › **Sync with Google**. **Google keeps overwriting my changes.** **Sync Settings** is probably set to **Pull**, so Google is the source of truth. Switch it to **Push** if you want Shoppy Connect to be the source of truth. Google can also take a while to show changes, and sometimes reviews them first. Check the store in your Google Business Profile. See [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md). ## Forms and submissions **A store didn't get the notification email.** Open the submission and check **Progress**. If **Store email sent** isn't ticked, check the **Status** and **Reason**. Then check that the store's **Email** is set on its **Details** tab, and look in the store's spam folder. **Customers aren't getting confirmation emails.** Go to **Settings** › **General** › **Email settings** and check that **Send Customer Emails** is on. See [Email settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/settings/settings.md#email-settings). **A real customer's message was marked as spam.** Open it from the **Spam** filter and click **Not spam — process it**. **The form doesn't appear on a store page.** Check that: - The form is published. - The store is ticked under **Stores** in the form's settings. - The store's page is published. See [Forms and submissions](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/forms/forms-and-submissions.md). ## Team and access **Someone didn't get their invitation.** Ask them to check their spam folder. Then go to **Users** › **Invited** and use **Resend invitation**. Check that the email address is correct. **"Email verification required before accepting or rejecting invitation."** The person needs to verify their email address first. Ask them to open the verification email, then accept the invitation again. **"User is already invited to this organization" or "User is already a member of this organization".** The person is already on your team, or has an invitation waiting. Check **Users** and **Users** › **Invited**. **Someone can't see a store.** On the **Users** page, open the **⋯** menu on their row and choose **Assign Stores**. The store should have a **−** button next to it. **I can't change someone's role.** Roles are managed by an owner or administrator. Ask one of them. **I see a device I don't recognise under Where you're signed in.** Click **Sign out of all other devices**, then change your password and turn on two-factor authentication. See [Your account](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/team/team-and-account.md#your-account). ## Notes, tasks, and alerts **Create task is greyed out.** Choose who the task is for under **Assign to**. **I can't find a teammate under Assign to or @.** Check that they've accepted their invitation and can access the store. **I can't write my own task.** Your organisation may only allow tasks from templates. Ask an administrator to check **Settings** › **Task templates**. **I'm not getting alerts.** Alerts appear when someone mentions you, gives you a task, or a Google sync fails. Click the filter icon in **Alerts** and choose **View all**, in case they were already marked as read. See [Notes, tasks, and alerts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/notes-tasks-and-alerts.md). ## Marketing **Continue is greyed out.** Something required is missing. Check that you entered a campaign name, chose a channel, and chose at least one store. **A channel isn't in the list.** Connect it on the **Channels** page first. **No Google Ads or Microsoft Ads campaigns appear.** Check that your ads account is connected to Shoppy Connect. See [Marketing and ads](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/marketing/marketing-and-ads.md). ## Error messages **"Something went wrong. Please try again." or "An error occurred. Please try again."** Refresh the page and try again. If it keeps happening, note what you were doing and contact Shoppy Connect support. **"The requested page could not be found."** The link is out of date, or the item was deleted. Use the sidebar to find what you need. **"Rate limit exceeded."** Too many requests were made in a short time. Wait a minute, then try again. **"Unable to load AI insights. Please try again later."** The AI insights report couldn't load. Try again later. Your other insights still work. See [AI insights reports](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md#ai-insights-reports). **A section says "Not Active" in the sidebar.** That feature isn't switched on for your organisation. Contact Shoppy Connect if you'd like to use it. ## Still need help? Contact Shoppy Connect support. To help them fix the problem quickly, include: - Your organisation name. - The store's name. - What you were doing, and the exact error message. - A screenshot, if you can. Never send your password, authenticator codes, backup codes, or API keys to anyone, including support. ## Related - [Getting started with Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md) - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) - [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) - [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/google-business-profile.md) - [Team and account](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/team/team-and-account.md) --- title: "Getting started with Shoppy Store Locator" description: "Learn how Shoppy Store Locator works, find your way around the app, and get your store locator live on your Shopify store." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Getting started" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/getting-started/getting-started markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/getting-started/getting-started.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["getting started", "dashboard", "setup", "install", "free trial", "onboarding"] --- # Getting started with Shoppy Store Locator > Learn how Shoppy Store Locator works, find your way around the app, and get your store locator live on your Shopify store. Shoppy Store Locator is a Shopify app that shows your physical stores on your online store. Customers can search by address or postcode, use their current location, filter by tags, and see each store's opening hours, contact details, and directions on a map. You manage everything from inside your Shopify admin. The app creates the store locator page for you, so you don't need to edit your theme to get started. This guide covers: 1. [How Shoppy Store Locator works](#how-shoppy-store-locator-works): the main ideas behind the app. 2. [A tour of the app](#a-tour-of-the-app): the menu and the dashboard. 3. [First-time setup](#first-time-setup): from installing the app to a live store locator. ## How Shoppy Store Locator works A few ideas come up across the whole app: | Term | What it means | | ----------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Store** | One physical location, with its address, pin on the map, contact details, trading hours, photos, and tags. Only **active** stores are shown. | | **Store locator page** | The page on your online store where customers find your stores, for example `/pages/store-locator`. The app creates and publishes it in one click. | | **Store page** | An optional page for a single store, with its own details, hours, photos, and map. | | **Widget** | The store locator itself: the search, the map, and the list of stores. It's added to your store locator page for you. | | **Public API key** | A key that connects the widget to your stores. You only need it if you add the widget to other pages of your theme. It's safe to share. | | **Google Maps or Mapbox key** | Optional. A map is included for free. Add your own Google Maps or Mapbox key if you want their maps and address suggestions. | | **Tags** | Labels you add to stores, such as `Outlet` or `Service centre`. Customers can use them to filter the store locator. | The usual flow is: 1. Add your stores. 2. Publish your store locator page. 3. Customise how it looks. 4. Keep your store details up to date. Changes show on your store locator straight away. ## A tour of the app Open the app from **Apps** › **Shoppy Store Locator** in your Shopify admin. You land on the **Dashboard**. ![The Shoppy Store Locator dashboard, with the app menu on the left, the Locator page, Active stores, and Plan cards at the top, the Needs attention card, and the Recently updated stores list](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-dashboard.CQZh_U-V_ZITfqJ.webp) ### The menu The app's pages are listed under **Shoppy Store Locator** in the Shopify admin sidebar. Click **View more** to see the rest. | Item | What you do there | | ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Dashboard** | See whether your store locator is live, how many stores are active, your plan, and anything that needs your attention. | | **Stores** | Add, import, export, and edit your stores, their trading hours, and their store pages. | | **Settings** | Choose your map, how customers search, what the store locator looks like, your default trading hours, and analytics. | | **Install widget** | See your store locator page, view or hide it, and copy your public API key to add the widget to other pages. | | **Marketing** | Turn on structured data (JSON-LD) so search engines can show your store details. | | **Google My Business** | Connect your Google account to import your Google Business Profile locations and keep them in sync. | | **Translations** | Translate the store locator's wording and your store descriptions into other languages. | | **Billing** | See your plan and change it. | | **Help** | A step-by-step setup guide, and how to contact support. | ### The dashboard The dashboard changes as you set things up. **Before your store locator is live**, it shows a setup guide called **Get your store locator live**, with three steps: 1. **Add your first stores** 2. **Create the store locator page** 3. **Customise look and feel** Each step shows a **Done** badge when it's finished. You can hide the guide once you have stores. To bring it back, open the **Help** page, which has the same steps in more detail. **Once you're set up**, the dashboard shows: - **Locator page**: whether your page is **Live**, a **Draft**, or missing. The line under **Dashboard** shows its address. - **Active stores**: how many of your stores are shown to customers. - **Plan**: your current plan and how many stores it includes, or how many days are left in your free trial. - **Needs attention**: things to fix. For example, stores that aren't on the map because they have no pin, or having more stores than your plan includes. - **Recently updated stores**: the stores you changed last. Click **View all** to open the **Stores** page. Use **View live locator** to open your store locator on your online store, and **Create store** to add a store. ## First-time setup Work through these steps in order. ### 1. Install the app and start your free trial Install **Shoppy Store Locator** from the Shopify App Store and open it. Your **7-day free trial** starts the first time you open the app, and you get every feature during the trial. A banner at the top of each page shows how many days are left. Click **Choose a plan** in the banner at any time. Choosing a plan during your trial won't cut it short: billing only starts when the trial ends. See [Choose a plan](#7-choose-a-plan). ### 2. Add your stores Go to **Stores**. Use **Create store** to add one store, or the **Import** menu to add many at once: ![The Stores page with the Import menu open, showing From CSV file, From Google My Business, and From Shopify locations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-import-menu.Bkv-BDlx_Z1GqOQz.webp) | Option | Best for | | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Create store** | Adding a few stores by hand. Type the address and pick it from the suggestions to place the pin, then drag the pin to fine-tune it. | | **From Shopify locations** | Stores you already have as locations in Shopify. Only locations with an address Shopify has verified can be imported. | | **From CSV file** | Many stores at once. Download the sample CSV, fill it in, and upload it. | | **From Google My Business** | Stores you already manage on Google. Sign in with Google and pick the locations to import. | For step-by-step guides, see [Import stores from a CSV file](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file.md), [Import Shopify locations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-shopify-locations.md), and [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-business-profile.md). For each store, check: - **Status** is **Active**. Inactive stores are hidden from customers. - **The pin is in the right place.** Stores without a pin aren't shown on the map. Use the **Not on map** tab on the **Stores** page to find them. - **Trading hours** and **Timezone** are right, so **Open now** shows correctly. - **Tags** are added if you want customers to filter by them. For every field, see [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md) and [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md). ### 3. Publish your store locator page On the **Dashboard**, open **Create the store locator page** in the setup guide: 1. Check the **Page URL**. The default is `store-locator`, so your page is at `/pages/store-locator`. Use only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. 2. Click **Publish store locator**. The app creates the page, adds the widget to it, and publishes it. There's no theme editor step. If the address is already used by another page, the app adds a number, such as `/pages/store-locator-1`, and tells you. Then add the page to your store's menu so customers can find it: in your Shopify admin, go to **Content** › **Menus** (or **Online Store** › **Navigation**) and add a link to the page. You can manage the page at any time from **Install widget**: ![The Install widget page, showing the published Store locator page with View page and Hide page buttons, and the optional Show the locator on another page step with the public API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-install-widget.DF453zq6_Z1GQqks.webp) - **View page** opens it on your online store. - **Hide page** takes it offline. Customers who open the link see "page not found" until you publish it again. - **Show the locator on another page** is optional. Use it to add the store locator to another page of your theme, such as your homepage. Copy your **Public API key**, click **Open theme editor**, add the **Store Locator Widget** block, paste the key into its **API Key** field, and click **Save**. The theme editor also has two more blocks you can add anywhere: **Store Locator - Modal**, a "Find a store" pop-up, and **Store Locator - View All**, a list of all your stores. They need the same API key. If you change the page address later, links to the old address stop working. ### 4. Choose your map (optional) A map is included for free, so you don't need a map key to go live. Without one, customers search by store name, suburb, or postcode, and **Use my current location** still works. To use Google Maps with Google address suggestions, or Mapbox, go to **Settings** › **Map**, choose **Google** or **Mapbox**, and paste your key. **How to get a key** in the app walks you through creating one. On the same tab, set the **Default viewport**: the zoom level and centre point customers see when they first open the map. See [Map settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/map-settings.md) for the full steps. ### 5. Customise the look and feel Go to **Settings** › **Design** to: - Pick a **Display layout** for the store locator, such as **List**, **Magazine**, or **Two Column**. - Choose which **Store details to show**, such as address, phone number, trading hours, and tags. - Choose a layout for each **store page**. - Click **Open customizer** under **Colours, fonts & more** to match your brand's colours and fonts. Go to **Settings** › **Search** to choose how customers search, the search radius, how many results to show, km or miles, and which filters to show. For every option, see [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md), [Colours and fonts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/colours-and-fonts.md), and [Search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/search-settings.md). ### 6. Check it's working On the **Install widget** page, click **View page**. You should see your stores on the map and in the list. Try a search and **Use my current location**. | Problem | What to check | | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Page not found** | The page is hidden. Publish it from the **Dashboard**, or check **Install widget**. | | **The page is empty** | If you added the widget yourself in the theme editor, check the block is there and the theme was saved. | | **No stores show** | Check your stores are **Active** and have a pin on the map. If you added the widget yourself, check its API key matches the one on **Install widget**. | | **A store is in the wrong place** | Open the store on the **Stores** page and drag its pin. | ### 7. Choose a plan Go to **Billing** to see the plans. Each plan includes a number of active stores, with a monthly charge for each extra store. ![The Change plan section of the Billing page, with the Stores you need box and the Small, Medium, and Large plans](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-plans.DcaDBMk6_oRzeD.webp) - Enter how many stores you have in **Stores you need** to see what each plan would cost you each month. - Click **Choose** on a plan to subscribe. You approve the charge in Shopify, and it appears on your Shopify bill. - Need more stores than the largest plan, or enterprise features? Click **Contact us**. You can change plans at any time. If your trial ends before you choose a plan, the app only shows the **Billing** page until you choose one. Your stores and settings are kept. ## Get free onboarding Prefer to set it up together? Onboarding is free. We import your stores and add the widget with you. On the **Dashboard**, click **Free onboarding** at the bottom of the page: ![The Book free onboarding form, with Where are your stores now, Preferred date, Time of day, and Contact email](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-book-onboarding.CkAnyCg7_FI3zj.webp) 1. Under **Where are your stores now?**, choose where your store list is today, for example a spreadsheet, Google Business Profile, or Shopify locations. 2. Choose a **Preferred date** and **Time of day**. Times are in your time zone. 3. Check the **Contact email**. 4. Click **Send request**. We email you to confirm a time. You can also email us at [help@shoppycommerce.com.au](mailto:help@shoppycommerce.com.au) or use **Help** › **Email support**. ## Tips - Set up one store completely first, including hours, photos, and tags, then check it on your store locator before adding the rest. - Fix anything under **Needs attention** on the dashboard. Stores without a pin are invisible to customers. - Use tags for the things customers filter by, such as services or store types, and keep them consistent across stores. - If you uninstall the app, all your stores, settings, and layouts are deleted straight away. Export your stores to CSV from the **Stores** page first if you might come back. --- title: "Add and edit a store" description: "Add a store to Shoppy Store Locator, place it on the map, and fill in its contact details, description, photos, tags, and store page." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Managing stores" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["stores", "add store", "edit store", "address", "map pin", "tags", "photos", "store page"] --- # Add and edit a store > Add a store to Shoppy Store Locator, place it on the map, and fill in its contact details, description, photos, tags, and store page. A **store** is one physical location your customers can visit. Each store has its own address, pin on the map, contact details, trading hours, photos, and tags. Only **active** stores with a pin are shown on your store locator. This guide covers: 1. [Add a store](#add-a-store) 2. [Store details](#store-details) 3. [Address and map pin](#address-and-map-pin) 4. [Description, photos, status, and tags](#description-photos-status-and-tags) 5. [Links and socials](#links-and-socials) 6. [Store page](#store-page) 7. [Save, discard, or delete a store](#save-discard-or-delete-a-store) ## Add a store Go to **Stores** and click **Create store**. Choose how you want to add stores: ![The Create store dialog, with Import Shopify locations, Add a store manually, Import from Google My Business, Use Google Sheets, and Import a CSV file](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-create-store.q0-gHEAb_ZwS14V.webp) | Option | Best for | | ---------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | | **Import Shopify locations** | Locations you already have in your Shopify admin. | | **Add a store manually** | One store at a time. This guide walks you through the form. | | **Import from Google My Business** | Many stores you already manage on Google. | | **Use Google Sheets** | Managing your stores in a spreadsheet that syncs. | | **Import a CSV file** | Many stores at once from a spreadsheet on your computer. | Click **Add a store manually** to open the **Add store** form. New stores start with your default trading hours from **Settings**. To change a store later, click it on the **Stores** page, or click **⋯** at the end of its row and choose **Edit store**. ## Store details ![The Store details section, with Name, Label, Email, Phone number, Timezone, and Sort order](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-store-details.6pgPpi0O_EEeVa.webp) | Field | What it does | | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Name** | Required, at least 3 characters. Customers see it in the store locator, for example `Urban Stitch Perth`. | | **Label** | Optional. A short badge shown next to the store name, such as `Flagship` or `New`. | | **Email** | The store's email address. | | **Phone number** | The store's phone number. | | **Timezone** | The store's local timezone. Type a city or GMT offset to search. It's used to show **Open now** correctly. | | **Sort order** | Lower numbers are listed first in your store locator. Leave it empty to list the store last. Duplicates are fine. | Set the **Timezone** for every store, especially if your stores are in different states or countries. Without it, a store can show as open or closed at the wrong time. ## Address and map pin The address places the store on the map. ![The Address section, with Address line 1, Address line 2, Country, State / province, City, Postcode, a map with a red pin, and the latitude and longitude](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-address-pin.I2JSyoR9_1zuwlH.webp) 1. Start typing the address in **Address line 1**. 2. Pick the right address from the suggestions. The app fills in **Country**, **State / province**, **City**, and **Postcode**, and drops a pin on the map. 3. Check the pin. If it's not exactly on the store, drag it to the right spot. The **Latitude** and **Longitude** update as you drag. 4. Add a unit, suite, or shop number in **Address line 2** if you need to. **Address line 1** is required. If you type an address without picking a suggestion, the store is saved without a pin and won't show on the map. See [Fix stores missing from the map](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/fix-stores-missing-from-the-map.md). ## Description, photos, status, and tags ### Description - **Short description**: one or two lines shown in the store list, for example `Relaxed summer styles`. - **Description**: a longer description shown on the store's page. Use the toolbar to add headings, bold text, lists, and links. Click **+ Accordion** to add a collapsible section, or **Edit HTML** to edit the HTML directly. ### Trading hours Set the store's weekly hours and any holidays. See [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md). ### Media Add photos of the store. They're shown on the store's page. ![The Media section with two store photos, one marked Primary, and the Status & tags section with Status set to Active and a Casual tag](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-media-status-tags.CC5p5G6c_v4LRi.webp) - Drag photos into the **Media** box, or click it to upload. You can upload JPG, PNG, and WebP files up to 2 MB each. - The **Primary** photo is the store's main image. To change it, click **⋮** on a photo and choose **Select as primary**. - To remove photos, tick them and click **Remove**. ### Status and tags - **Status**: **Active** stores are shown on your store locator. **Inactive** stores are hidden but kept, so you can turn them back on later. Use **Inactive** for a store that's closed for renovations, or one that's not open yet. - **Tags**: labels such as `Outlet`, `Service centre`, or `Casual`. Customers can use them to filter your store locator. Type a tag and press **Enter** to add it. Keep tag names consistent across stores. `Outlet` and `outlet` are two different tags. If the store is linked to your Google Business Profile, you'll see **Linked to Google Business Profile** here. Its trading hours and special dates stay in sync with Google. See [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-business-profile.md). ## Links and socials All optional. They're shown on the store's page and can appear in search results. - **Founding date**: when the store opened. - **Website**: a page about this store, if you have one. - **Facebook**, **Instagram**, and **X**: links to the store's own social pages. ## Store page A store page is a page on your online store for one store, with its details, hours, photos, and map. The app creates and manages it for you. ![The Search engine listing preview and the Store page section, with Publishing set to Active, the store page link, and the store code](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-search-engine-store-page.5ycdmiQt_2eX3LF.webp) - **Search engine listing** previews how the store's page could appear in Google search results. - **Create store page** creates the page on your online store. The page address is based on the store name, for example `/pages/urban-stitch-brisbane`. - Once the page exists, the **Publishing** switch shows or hides it on your online store. The page link is shown under it. - Click **⋯** for more actions: **View page**, **Translate page**, or **Delete store page**. Deleting a store page removes its address, so links to it stop working. The store stays in your store locator. - **Store code** is the store's ID in the app. To create pages for many stores at once, use [Create store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/bulk-actions.md) on the **Stores** page. For more about store pages, including how to change their layout and link to them, see [Store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/store-pages.md). ## Save, discard, or delete a store - When you change anything, a save bar appears at the top of the page. Click **Save** to keep your changes, or **Discard** to undo them. - If a required field is missing, a message at the top lists what needs fixing. Click an item to jump to the field. - Changes show on your store locator straight away. To delete a store, click **Delete store** at the bottom of the form, then confirm. This can't be undone. The store's page on your online store isn't deleted, so delete it first from the **Store page** section if you no longer need it. If you might reopen the store later, set its **Status** to **Inactive** instead of deleting it. ## Related guides - [Getting started with Shoppy Store Locator](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/getting-started/getting-started.md) - [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md) - [Find and filter stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/find-and-filter-stores.md) - [Update many stores at once](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/bulk-actions.md) --- title: "Trading hours and special dates" description: "Set each store's weekly trading hours, add public holidays and one-off changes, and update the hours of many stores at once." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Managing stores" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["trading hours", "opening hours", "special dates", "public holidays", "bulk edit hours", "open now"] --- # Trading hours and special dates > Set each store's weekly trading hours, add public holidays and one-off changes, and update the hours of many stores at once. Trading hours tell customers when each store is open. Your store locator uses them to show the hours for each store and whether it's **open now**. This guide covers: 1. [Set a store's weekly hours](#set-a-stores-weekly-hours) 2. [Add special dates](#add-special-dates) 3. [Update hours for many stores](#update-hours-for-many-stores) ## Set a store's weekly hours 1. Go to **Stores** and click a store. 2. Scroll to **Trading hours**. 3. For each day: - Set the opening and closing times. - Untick **Open** if the store is closed that day. The times are replaced with **Closed**. 4. Click **Save**. ![The Trading hours section, with opening and closing times and an Open checkbox for each day, and the Special dates area with an Add special date button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-trading-hours.CsoRfEjp_CweAy.webp) New stores start with your default trading hours, which you set in **Settings**. Change the defaults before you add your stores and you'll have less to edit. Make sure the store's **Timezone** is set in **Store details**. **Open now** uses the store's own local time, so a store in Perth and a store in Sydney each show the right status. ## Add special dates Special dates are public holidays and one-off changes, such as Christmas Day or a stocktake. On those dates they replace the weekly hours. 1. In **Trading hours**, click **Add special date**. 2. Enter a **Name**, for example `Christmas Day`. 3. Pick the date, or a range of dates. 4. Under **Hours**, choose: - **Closed** if the store is closed. - **Custom hours** to enter the opening and closing times for those dates. 5. Click **Save**. To remove a special date, click the delete icon next to it, then click **Save**. ## Update hours for many stores Use **Bulk edit hours** to give several stores the same hours in one go. 1. Go to **Stores**. 2. Tick the stores you want to update. 3. Click **Bulk edit hours**. ![The Bulk update store hours dialog, with the selected stores, a Sort order field, and trading hours for each day](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-bulk-edit-hours.Bls6EgZN_Z1tKPU9.webp) 4. Check the stores at the top. Click **×** on a store to leave it out. 5. Set the **Trading hours** for each day. 6. Optional: click **Add special date** to add holidays for all the selected stores. 7. Optional: enter a **Sort order** to give all the selected stores the same position in your store locator. Leave it empty to keep each store's sort order. 8. Click **Update** to apply. Keep these in mind before you click **Update**: - **The weekly hours replace each store's current hours.** The dialog starts with your default hours, not the stores' own hours, so set every day before you save. - **Special dates you add here replace the stores' existing special dates.** If you don't add any, the stores keep the special dates they have. - If a store is linked to Google Business Profile, its new hours are sent to Google too. ## Tips - Add public holidays a few weeks ahead, so customers see the right hours when they plan a visit. - For stores with the same hours, such as all stores in one shopping centre, use **Bulk edit hours** and add the holidays at the same time. - After a change, open your store locator and check **Open now** for a store or two. ## Related guides - [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md) - [Update many stores at once](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/bulk-actions.md) --- title: "Find and filter stores" description: "Use the Stores page to see your stores on a map, search them, filter by status, country, state, or tag, and sort the list." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Managing stores" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/find-and-filter-stores markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/find-and-filter-stores.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["stores", "search", "filter", "sort", "map preview", "not on map", "inactive"] --- # Find and filter stores > Use the Stores page to see your stores on a map, search them, filter by status, country, state, or tag, and sort the list. The **Stores** page lists every store in Shoppy Store Locator. Use it to find a store quickly, check which stores need attention, and choose stores for [bulk actions](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/bulk-actions.md). ![The Stores page, with the Map preview, the All, Active, Inactive, and Not on map tabs, the search field, Country, State, and Tags filters, the Sort button, and the store list](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-stores-page.BPwYPyuo_Z12oXRj.webp) ## The page at a glance - **The header** shows how many stores you have. If you've connected Google, **Connected to Google My Business** appears next to the title. - **Export** downloads your stores as a CSV file. **Import** adds stores from a CSV file, Google My Business, or Shopify locations. **Create store** adds stores. See [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md). - **Map preview** shows the stores on the current page of the list. Click a pin to open that store. Click **Fit all stores** to zoom the map to show them all. ## The store list Each row shows: | Column | What it shows | | ----------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Store** | The store name and tags. **Linked to Google** shows if the store is linked to your Google Business Profile. | | **Contact** | The store's email and phone number. | | **Address** | The address. **Not on map — no coordinates** shows if the store has no pin. | | **Status** | **Active** or **Inactive**. | | **Updated** | When the store was last changed. Hover over it to see the exact date and time. | Click a row to edit the store. Click **⋯** at the end of a row to **Edit store** or **Delete store**. ## Tabs | Tab | Shows | | -------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **All** | Every store. | | **Active** | Stores shown on your store locator. | | **Inactive** | Stores hidden from your store locator. The number in brackets is how many there are. | | **Not on map** | Stores without a pin. Customers can't find these on the map. See [Fix stores missing from the map](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/fix-stores-missing-from-the-map.md). | ## Search Type in the search field to find stores by **name**, **email**, **phone number**, or **address**. The list updates as you type. Click **×** in the field to clear it. ## Filters - **Country**: show stores in one or more countries. - **State**: show stores in one or more states. If you've picked a country, only its states are listed. - **Tags**: show stores with one or more tags. The filters you use are shown above the list. Click **×** on one to remove it, or **Clear all** to remove them all. Clearing filters doesn't change the tab or the sort order. ## Sort Click **Sort** and choose: - **Last updated (newest first)**: the default. - **Last updated (oldest first)** - **Store name A–Z** or **Store name Z–A** - **Status** Sorting here only changes this list. To change the order stores appear in on your store locator, use **Sort order** on each store, or set it for many stores with [Bulk edit hours](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md#update-hours-for-many-stores). ## Pages At the bottom of the list, choose how many stores to show per page: **10**, **25**, **50**, or **100**. Use the arrows to move between pages. If no stores match your search or filters, you'll see **No stores found**. Click **Clear filters** to start again. ## Related guides - [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md) - [Update many stores at once](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/bulk-actions.md) - [Fix stores missing from the map](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/fix-stores-missing-from-the-map.md) --- title: "Update many stores at once" description: "Select stores on the Stores page to edit their hours, add tags, set them active or inactive, create store pages, sync with Google, or delete them." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Managing stores" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/bulk-actions markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/bulk-actions.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["bulk actions", "bulk edit", "tags", "active", "inactive", "store pages", "delete stores", "google"] --- # Update many stores at once > Select stores on the Stores page to edit their hours, add tags, set them active or inactive, create store pages, sync with Google, or delete them. Bulk actions let you change many stores in one go, instead of opening each one. ## Select stores 1. Go to **Stores**. 2. Use [search, tabs, and filters](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/find-and-filter-stores.md) to narrow the list, for example to one state or tag. 3. Tick the stores you want to change. To select every store on the page, tick the box in the header. The bulk actions appear above the list. If they don't all fit, the rest are under **More actions**. ![The Stores page with three stores selected, showing Bulk edit hours, Create store pages, Connect with Google, Sync with Google, Set as active, Set as inactive, Add tags, and Delete stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-bulk-actions.g5LaWEo0_Z223ydN.webp) You can only select stores on the current page. To select more at once, show more stores per page at the bottom of the list. ## Actions | Action | What it does | | ----------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Bulk edit hours** | Gives the selected stores the same trading hours and special dates, and optionally the same sort order. | | **Create store pages** | Creates a store page on your online store for each selected store. Stores that already have a page are skipped. | | **Connect with Google** | Links the selected stores to your Google Business Profile. Only shown once you've connected Google. Up to 50 stores at a time. | | **Sync with Google** | Sends the selected stores' trading hours and special dates to Google. The stores must be linked first. Up to 50 stores at a time. | | **Set as active** | Shows the selected stores on your store locator. | | **Set as inactive** | Hides the selected stores from your store locator. They're kept, so you can turn them back on. | | **Add tags** | Adds tags to the selected stores. | | **Delete stores** | Deletes the selected stores. | ### Bulk edit hours The weekly hours you set replace each selected store's current hours. See [Update hours for many stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md#update-hours-for-many-stores) for the steps. ### Add tags 1. Click **Add tags**. 2. Type a new tag and press **Enter**, or click tags you already use under **Your tags**. 3. Click **Add tags**. Tags are added to each store's existing tags. Nothing is removed. To remove a tag, edit the store. ### Delete stores 1. Click **Delete stores**. 2. Confirm. Deleting can't be undone. The stores' pages on your online store aren't deleted. If you might need the stores again, use **Set as inactive** instead, or export them to CSV first. ## Related guides - [Find and filter stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/find-and-filter-stores.md) - [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md) - [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md) --- title: "Fix stores missing from the map" description: "Find stores that have no pin on the map and fix them, so customers can find them on your store locator." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Managing stores" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/fix-stores-missing-from-the-map markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/fix-stores-missing-from-the-map.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["map", "pin", "not on map", "coordinates", "latitude", "longitude", "address", "troubleshooting"] --- # Fix stores missing from the map > Find stores that have no pin on the map and fix them, so customers can find them on your store locator. A store needs a pin, which is its latitude and longitude, to show on the map. Stores without a pin are hidden from the map, so customers searching near them won't find them. ## Why a store has no pin - The address was typed in without picking one of the suggestions. - The store was imported from a CSV file or Google Sheets, and the app couldn't find its address on the map. - The pin was cleared while editing the store. ## Find the stores You can find them in two places: - **Dashboard**: under **Needs attention**, a message says how many stores aren't shown on the map. Click **Fix stores**. - **Stores**: click the **Not on map** tab. Each of these stores shows **Not on map — no coordinates** under its address. If the **Not on map** tab is empty, all your stores have a pin. ## Fix a store 1. Click the store to open it. 2. In **Address**, click **Address line 1** and retype the start of the address. 3. Pick the right address from the suggestions. A pin drops on the map, and **Latitude** and **Longitude** fill in. 4. If the pin isn't exactly on the store, drag it to the right spot. 5. Click **Save**. ![The Address section of a store, with the address filled in, a red pin on the map, and the latitude and longitude below it](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-address-pin.I2JSyoR9_1zuwlH.webp) The store leaves the **Not on map** tab and shows on your store locator straight away, as long as it's **Active**. ## If the address isn't in the suggestions - Try a shorter version, such as the street address and suburb only. - For a store inside a shopping centre, search for the centre's street address, then drag the pin to the store's entrance. - If you're fixing many stores, it can be quicker to correct their addresses in a CSV file and import it again with each store's `StoreId`. The app finds the pin from the address. See [Import stores from a CSV file](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file.md). ## Related guides - [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md) - [Find and filter stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/find-and-filter-stores.md) --- title: "Stores managed by Shoppy Connect" description: "Why you can't edit stores in Shoppy Store Locator when Shoppy Connect manages them, and where to make your changes instead." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Managing stores" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/stores-managed-by-shoppy-connect markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/stores-managed-by-shoppy-connect.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["shoppy connect", "editing locked", "managed stores", "sync"] --- # Stores managed by Shoppy Connect > Why you can't edit stores in Shoppy Store Locator when Shoppy Connect manages them, and where to make your changes instead. If you also use [Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md), it can manage your store locator for you. Your stores then come from Shoppy Connect, and editing is turned off in Shoppy Store Locator. ## How to tell On the **Stores** page, you'll see a banner: **Your stores are managed by Shoppy Connect**. When this banner shows: - **Create store** and the **Import** menu are hidden. - Clicking a store doesn't open it for editing. - You can't select stores for bulk actions. - **Export** still works, so you can download your stores as a CSV file. Your store locator keeps working as normal for customers. ## Why editing is turned off Both apps can hold the same store details. If you could edit a store in both places, a change in one app could overwrite a change in the other. To keep your details right, Shoppy Connect is the one place to edit them. ## Where to make changes Click **Open Shoppy Connect** in the banner, or go to [app.shoppyconnect.com](https://app.shoppyconnect.com). Edit your stores there. The changes are sent to your store locator automatically, usually within a few minutes. To learn how Shoppy Connect sends store details to your store locator, see: - [Managing stores, trading hours, and store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/stores/managing-stores.md) in Shoppy Connect - [Channel sync](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/channel-sync.md) - [Store Locator, Find in Store, and Wildjar](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar.md) ## What you can still change here Settings that aren't about individual stores stay in Shoppy Store Locator, such as how your store locator looks, how customers search, and your map. Find them under **Settings**. ## Need to edit stores here instead? Contact us at [help@shoppycommerce.com.au](mailto:help@shoppycommerce.com.au) and we'll help you choose which app should manage your stores. --- title: "Import stores from a CSV file" description: "Add or update many stores at once by uploading a CSV file, and check the import log for any rows that need fixing." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Importing and syncing" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["import", "csv", "spreadsheet", "bulk", "update stores", "import log"] --- # Import stores from a CSV file > Add or update many stores at once by uploading a CSV file, and check the import log for any rows that need fixing. A CSV file is the quickest way to add many stores at once, or to update many stores you already have. You fill in a spreadsheet with one store per row, save it as CSV, and upload it. This guide covers: 1. [Get the sample file](#get-the-sample-file) 2. [Fill in the file](#fill-in-the-file) 3. [Upload the file](#upload-the-file) 4. [Check the import log](#check-the-import-log) 5. [Update stores you already have](#update-stores-you-already-have) ## Get the sample file 1. Go to **Stores**. 2. Click **Import** › **From CSV file**. 3. Click **Download Sample CSV**. ![The Import from CSV page, with the Download Sample CSV button, the CSV File drop zone, Upload and Clear buttons, and the Import Logs card](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-import-csv.8kyRmVNp_Z1dMir3.webp) The sample has the right column headers and two example stores. Replace the examples with your own stores. To update stores you already have, start from an export instead, so each store already has its `StoreId`. See [Export stores to CSV](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/export-stores-to-csv.md). ## Fill in the file Keep the header row exactly as it is in the sample. One row is one store. | Column | Required | What to enter | | ------------------ | -------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `StoreName` | Yes | The store name, for example `Urban Stitch Perth`. | | `StoreId` | No | Leave empty to add a new store. Enter a store's ID to update that store. See [Update stores you already have](#update-stores-you-already-have). | | `Handle` | No | A short name for the store's web address, such as `urban-stitch-perth`. Leave empty to make one from the store name. | | `Address` | Yes | The street address, for example `140 Murray Street`. | | `City` | Yes | The city or suburb. | | `State` | Yes | The state or province. | | `Country` | Yes | The country. | | `Zip` | Yes | The postcode. | | `PhoneNumber` | No | The full phone number, ideally with the country code, for example `+61855500102`. | | `Email` | No | The store's email address. It must be a valid email address. | | `ShortDescription` | No | One or two lines shown in the store list. | | `Description` | No | A longer description for the store's page. | | `Status` | Yes | `active` to show the store, or `inactive` to hide it. Use lowercase. | | `Tags` | No | Tags separated by commas, for example `Outlet,Service centre`. | Good to know: - **You don't need map coordinates.** The app finds each store's pin from its address. Check the address is complete and correct. - **Trading hours aren't in the file.** New stores get your default trading hours from **Settings**. Set special hours on each store afterwards, or use [Bulk edit hours](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md#update-hours-for-many-stores). - **Photos, social links, and labels aren't in the file.** Add them on each store. - When you save, choose **CSV (comma separated)**. Excel (`.xlsx`) and Numbers files can't be uploaded. ## Upload the file 1. Go to **Stores** › **Import** › **From CSV file**. 2. Drag your file into the **CSV File** box, or click **Add file**. 3. Check the file name, then click **Upload**. Files must be `.csv` and no bigger than 1 MB. For a very large list, split it into several files. The import runs in the background, so you can leave the page. When it's done, your stores appear on the **Stores** page. The app places each store on the map as it imports it, so a large file can take a few minutes. ## Check the import log Each import adds a log to **Import Logs** on the same page. Click **Download** to open it. The log shows: - **Validation errors**: rows that were skipped, with the row number and what's wrong, for example `Status must be 'active' or 'inactive'` or `Invalid email format`. Row 2 is the first store under the header row. - **Summary**: how many stores were **Created**, **Updated**, **Failed**, and **Skipped**. Rows with errors are skipped, but the rest of the file is still imported. Fix the rows the log lists, then upload a file with just those rows. After an import, check the **Not on map** tab on the **Stores** page. A store lands there if the app couldn't find its address. See [Fix stores missing from the map](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/fix-stores-missing-from-the-map.md). ## Update stores you already have To update stores instead of adding new ones, each row needs the store's `StoreId`. 1. [Export your stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/export-stores-to-csv.md). The export has every store's `StoreId`. 2. Change the details you need in the file. Delete the rows you don't want to change. 3. Upload the file. Before you upload an update, keep these in mind: - **Every column is applied as it is in the file.** If you leave `Email`, `PhoneNumber`, `ShortDescription`, `Description`, or `Tags` empty, that detail is cleared on the store. Starting from an export keeps everything that's already there. - **Trading hours, special dates, and photos aren't changed** by an import. - If you leave `Handle` empty, the store keeps its current handle. - A row with a `StoreId` that doesn't match one of your stores is skipped. - A row without a `StoreId` always creates a new store, even if a store with the same name exists. Leave out stores you already have, or you'll get duplicates. You can also find a store's ID as **Store code** at the bottom of the store's page in the app. ## Related guides - [Export stores to CSV](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/export-stores-to-csv.md) - [Fix stores missing from the map](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/fix-stores-missing-from-the-map.md) - [Google Sheets](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-sheets.md) --- title: "Export stores to CSV" description: "Download all your stores as a CSV file, to keep a backup or to edit them in a spreadsheet and import them again." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Importing and syncing" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/export-stores-to-csv markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/export-stores-to-csv.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["export", "csv", "backup", "download", "spreadsheet"] --- # Export stores to CSV > Download all your stores as a CSV file, to keep a backup or to edit them in a spreadsheet and import them again. Export your stores to get a CSV file of every store in Shoppy Store Locator. Use it to: - Keep a backup, for example before a big import or before you uninstall the app. - Update many stores in a spreadsheet, then [import the file again](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file.md#update-stores-you-already-have). - Share your store list with your team. ## Export your stores 1. Go to **Stores**. 2. Click **Export**. 3. Click **Export All Locations**. 4. When the export is ready, it appears at the top of **Export History**. Click **Download**. ![The Export to CSV page, with the Export All Locations button and the Export History list of earlier exports, each with a Download button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-export-csv.C1tSEF4H_1DkwOm.webp) **Export History** keeps your earlier exports, so you can download them again later. ## What's in the file The export includes every store, active and inactive, sorted by name. It has the same columns as the import file: `StoreName`, `StoreId`, `Handle`, `Address`, `City`, `State`, `Country`, `Zip`, `PhoneNumber`, `Email`, `ShortDescription`, `Description`, `Status`, `Tags` `StoreId` is each store's ID. Keep it in the file if you plan to import it again to update your stores. The export doesn't include trading hours, special dates, photos, labels, social links, or map pins. ## Tips - Export before any big change, such as a large CSV import, so you have a copy to go back to. - If you're editing the file to import it again, don't change the header row, and save it as **CSV (comma separated)**. - If you uninstall the app, your stores are deleted straight away. Export them first if you might come back. ## Related guides - [Import stores from a CSV file](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file.md) - [Find and filter stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/find-and-filter-stores.md) --- title: "Import Shopify locations" description: "Bring the locations you've already set up in your Shopify admin into Shoppy Store Locator as stores." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Importing and syncing" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-shopify-locations markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-shopify-locations.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["import", "shopify locations", "locations", "verified address"] --- # Import Shopify locations > Bring the locations you've already set up in your Shopify admin into Shoppy Store Locator as stores. If your stores are already set up as locations in Shopify (**Settings** › **Locations** in your Shopify admin), you can import them in a few clicks. ## Import your locations 1. Go to **Stores**. 2. Click **Import** › **From Shopify locations**. You can also click **Create store** › **Import Shopify locations**. 3. Tick the locations you want to add. To select them all, tick the box in the header. 4. Click **Import**. ![The Import Shopify Locations page, with three locations listed by name, phone number, and address, and the Import and Discard buttons](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-shopify-locations.DDrogYNB_Z1MyIue.webp) The stores appear on the **Stores** page. ## What's imported Each location becomes a store with: - Its name, address, and phone number from Shopify. - Its pin on the map, from the location's coordinates in Shopify. - Your default trading hours from **Settings**. Add the rest yourself, such as email, description, photos, tags, and the store's own trading hours. See [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md). ## Good to know - **Only locations with a verified address are imported.** If you tick a location whose address Shopify hasn't verified, it's skipped. Check the address in your Shopify admin, then import it again. - **Importing the same location again updates its store.** The store is matched by name, and its name, address, phone number, and pin are updated from Shopify. Other details you added in the app are kept. - **If you rename a location in Shopify**, importing it again creates a new store. Delete the old one, or set it to **Inactive**. - **The import is one-off.** Later changes in Shopify aren't copied over automatically. Import again, or edit the store in the app. - Shipping warehouses and other locations customers can't visit show up in the list too. Only tick the stores customers can walk into. ## Related guides - [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md) - [Import stores from a CSV file](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file.md) --- title: "Google Business Profile" description: "Connect your Google account, import your Google Business Profile locations, link existing stores, and keep trading hours in sync with Google." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Importing and syncing" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-business-profile markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-business-profile.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["google", "google my business", "google business profile", "import", "sync", "trading hours", "link stores"] --- # Google Business Profile > Connect your Google account, import your Google Business Profile locations, link existing stores, and keep trading hours in sync with Google. If you manage your stores on Google Business Profile (formerly Google My Business), you can import them into Shoppy Store Locator and keep their trading hours in sync, so customers see the same hours on Google and on your store locator. This guide covers: 1. [Connect your Google account](#connect-your-google-account) 2. [Import your Google locations](#import-your-google-locations) 3. [Link stores you already have](#link-stores-you-already-have) 4. [Keep trading hours in sync](#keep-trading-hours-in-sync) 5. [Disconnect Google](#disconnect-google) ## Connect your Google account 1. Go to **Google My Business** in the app menu. You can also click **Import** › **From Google My Business** on the **Stores** page. 2. Click **Connect**. 3. Sign in with the Google account that manages your Business Profile, and allow access. When it's connected, the **Google account** card shows **Connected** and your email address. **Connected to Google My Business** also appears at the top of the **Stores** page. ![The Google My Business page, with the connected Google account, Automatic updates from Google, Pull from Google and Push to Google buttons, the Locations in Google list with Find matches, and the Google Sheets card](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-google-my-business.C5_vs_2z_Z1nBD8J.webp) ## Import your Google locations **Locations in Google** lists every location in your Google account. **In Store Locator** shows whether each one is already **Linked** to a store. 1. Tick the locations you want to add. 2. Click **Import as new store**. Each location becomes a store with its name, address, phone number, pin, trading hours, and special hours from Google. It's linked to Google straight away. Only import locations that aren't in Shoppy Store Locator yet. Importing a location you already have creates a duplicate. Link those stores instead. ## Link stores you already have If you already added your stores, for example from a CSV file, link them to their Google locations instead of importing them again. 1. Click **Find matches**. 2. The app suggests a Google location for each store it can match. For each store, check the suggestion, or pick the right location under **Google Business Profile**. Choose **Not linked** to leave a store unlinked. 3. Use the search, or the **All**, **Not linked**, and **Linked** filters, to work through a long list. 4. Click **Link** to save. ![The Link stores to Google Business Profile dialog, with a list of stores, each with a Google Business Profile dropdown set to Not linked, a search field, and All, Not linked, and Linked filters](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-link-stores.BBmTjGVa_9VLF4.webp) You can also link stores from the **Stores** page: tick them and click **Connect with Google**, up to 50 stores at a time. Linked stores show **Linked to Google** on the **Stores** page, and **Linked to Google Business Profile** when you open them. ## Keep trading hours in sync Once stores are linked, their **trading hours** and **special hours** can sync between Google and Shoppy Store Locator. Other details, such as the name, address, and phone number, aren't synced after the import. ### Automatic updates from Google Click **Turn on** under **Automatic updates from Google**. Every few hours, the app pulls changes to trading hours and special hours from Google into your linked stores. It's off until you turn it on. Turn it on if Google is where your team usually updates hours. ### Sync manually - **Pull from Google**: copies the latest hours from Google into your linked stores now. - **Push to Google**: sends your linked stores' hours from Shoppy Store Locator to Google now. To push only some stores, tick them on the **Stores** page and click **Sync with Google**, up to 50 stores at a time. When you change a linked store's hours in the app, including with [Bulk edit hours](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md#update-hours-for-many-stores), the new hours are sent to Google automatically. Google can take up to 72 hours to review changes before they show on Google. ### Choose where you edit hours If automatic updates are on, edit hours in one place, preferably Google. Otherwise a change pulled from Google can replace a change you made in the app. ## Disconnect Google Click **Disconnect** on the **Google account** card, then confirm. Automatic updates stop. Your stores stay as they are, and imported stores aren't deleted. ## Troubleshooting | Problem | What to try | | --------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Couldn't load your Google locations** | Try again in a few minutes. If it keeps happening, disconnect and connect your Google account again. | | **No locations are listed** | Check you signed in with the Google account that manages your Business Profile, not a personal account. | | **Some locations are not connected** | **Sync with Google** only works for linked stores. Link the stores first with **Find matches** or **Connect with Google**. | | **Hours changed in the app aren't on Google** | Google can take up to 72 hours to review changes. | ## Related guides - [Google Sheets](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-sheets.md) - [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md) - [Update many stores at once](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/bulk-actions.md) --- title: "Google Sheets" description: "Manage your stores in a Google Sheet that syncs to Shoppy Store Locator, so you can add and update stores from a spreadsheet." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Importing and syncing" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-sheets markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-sheets.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["google sheets", "spreadsheet", "sync", "import", "watch sheet"] --- # Google Sheets > Manage your stores in a Google Sheet that syncs to Shoppy Store Locator, so you can add and update stores from a spreadsheet. With Google Sheets, your store list lives in a spreadsheet. Add or change stores in the sheet, and the changes are copied into Shoppy Store Locator. It's handy if your team already keeps stores in a spreadsheet. ## Before you start Connect your Google account first. See [Connect your Google account](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-business-profile.md#connect-your-google-account). ## Create your spreadsheet 1. Go to **Google My Business** in the app menu. 2. Under **Google Sheets**, click **Create spreadsheet**. The app creates a sheet called **Shoppy Store Locator Stores Spreadsheet** and shares it with your Google account, so you can edit it. Find it in your Google Drive, under **Shared with me**. The sheet starts with a header row and an example store. Replace the example with your own stores. ## Fill in the sheet Keep the header row as it is, and use one row per store. The columns work the same way as in a CSV import: | Column | Required | What to enter | | -------------------------------------------- | -------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | | `StoreName` | Yes | The store name. | | `StoreId` | No | Leave empty for a new store. Enter a store's ID to update it. | | `Handle` | No | A short name for the store's web address. Leave empty to make one. | | `Address`, `City`, `State`, `Country`, `Zip` | Yes | The store's full address. | | `PhoneNumber` | See tip | The full phone number, including the country code. | | `Email` | See tip | The store's email address. | | `ShortDescription`, `Description` | No | Text for the store list and the store's page. | | `Status` | Yes | `active` or `inactive`, in lowercase. | | `Tags` | No | Tags separated by commas, for example `Outlet,Service centre`. | Tips: - **Fill in `PhoneNumber` and `Email` for every store, with valid values.** The sheet is checked as a whole before it syncs, and an empty or invalid phone number or email can stop the sync. - Leave a store's `StoreId` empty only the first time. After the first sync, add each store's ID (its **Store code** in the app) to that row, so later syncs update the store instead of adding a copy. - Each sync applies every column as it is. An empty cell clears that detail on the store. - The app finds each store's pin from its address. New stores get your default trading hours. - The sheet also has `PhoneCountryCode` and `Website` columns. These aren't copied into the app at the moment, so put the full phone number in `PhoneNumber`, and add a store's website on the store itself. For more on each column, see [Import stores from a CSV file](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file.md#fill-in-the-file). ## Sync the sheet Once the spreadsheet exists, the **Google Sheets** card shows two buttons: - **Pull sheet**: copies the sheet into Shoppy Store Locator now. - **Watch sheet**: syncs automatically whenever the sheet changes. Click **Stop watching sheet** to turn it off. After a sync, check the **Stores** page, including the **Not on map** tab for any address the app couldn't find. ## Troubleshooting | Problem | What to try | | --------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Nothing changes after a sync** | Check every row has the required columns, a valid email and phone number, and `active` or `inactive` as the status. | | **Stores are added twice** | Add each store's `StoreId` to its row after the first sync. | | **Edits stopped syncing automatically** | Click **Pull sheet** to sync now. If it keeps happening, click **Stop watching sheet**, then **Watch sheet** again. | | **You can't find the spreadsheet** | Look in Google Drive under **Shared with me**, signed in with the Google account you connected. | ## Related guides - [Import stores from a CSV file](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file.md) - [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-business-profile.md) --- title: "Map settings" description: "Choose Google Maps or Mapbox, add your API key, and set the area customers see when they first open your store locator." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/map-settings markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/map-settings.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["settings", "map", "google maps", "mapbox", "api key", "default viewport", "zoom"] --- # Map settings > Choose Google Maps or Mapbox, add your API key, and set the area customers see when they first open your store locator. The **Map** tab in **Settings** controls which map your store locator uses and where it starts. ![The Map tab in Settings, with the Google and Mapbox choice, the Google Maps API key field, Find API key and How to get a key links, and the Default viewport with zoom, latitude, longitude, and a map with a marker](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-map-settings.eda_kjSC_ZsaRfb.webp) ## Do you need a map key? No. Without a key, your store locator uses a free map, and customers can still: - See your stores on the map. - Search by store name, suburb, or postcode. - Use **Use my current location** (or your own button text) to find stores near them. Add a Google Maps or Mapbox key if you want: - **Address suggestions** as customers type, so they can search from any street address. - Google Maps or Mapbox map styles instead of the free map. Until a key is saved, a banner at the top of **Settings** reminds you that address search is off. ## Add a Google Maps key 1. Go to **Settings** › **Map**. 2. Choose **Google**. 3. Click **How to get a key** for a step-by-step guide with short videos. In short: 1. Create a project in Google Cloud and turn on billing. Google Maps Platform includes free monthly usage. 2. Turn on three APIs: **Maps JavaScript API** (shows the map), **Places API** (address suggestions), and **Geocoding API** (places stores on the map). 3. On the **Credentials** page, click **Create credentials** › **API key**, and copy the key. 4. Paste the key into **Google Maps API key**. 5. Click **Save**. We recommend you restrict the key to your store's domain in Google Cloud, so no one else can use it. The **How to get a key** guide links to Google's instructions. ## Add a Mapbox token 1. Go to **Settings** › **Map**. 2. Choose **Mapbox**. 3. Click **Find API key** to open your Mapbox access tokens, and copy a token. 4. Paste it into **Mapbox access token**. 5. Click **Save**. You can use Google or Mapbox, not both. Switching from one to the other clears the key you had before. ## Set the default viewport The default viewport is what customers see when they first open the map, before they search. 1. Under **Default viewport**, drag the marker on the map to the centre you want, such as the middle of the area your stores cover. **Default latitude** and **Default longitude** update as you drag. 2. Set **Default zoom**, from `1` (the whole world) to `20` (street level). For one city, try `10` to `12`. For a whole country, try `4` to `6`. 3. Click **Save**. ## Tips - After you add a key, open your store locator and type part of an address to check suggestions appear. - If the map or search stops working after you add a Google key, check the three APIs are turned on and billing is set up in Google Cloud. - Treat your Google key like a password: keep it restricted to your domain. ## Related guides - [Search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/search-settings.md) - [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md) --- title: "Search settings" description: "Choose how customers search your store locator, how far it looks, how results are sorted and grouped, which filters show, and the wording in the search bar." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/search-settings markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/search-settings.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["settings", "search", "radius", "filters", "geolocation", "results", "no results message"] --- # Search settings > Choose how customers search your store locator, how far it looks, how results are sorted and grouped, which filters show, and the wording in the search bar. The **Search** tab in **Settings** controls how customers find stores. Change a setting, then click **Save** in the bar at the top. Changes show on your store locator straight away. ## Search method ![The Search method and Results sections of the Search tab, with Search type, Auto search for locations, How to find the customer's location, Auto Geo IP, Search radius, Result limit, Distance unit, Group results by, and Store order before search](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-search-method-results.DSS_pz6b_g7qJT.webp) | Setting | What it does | | --------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Search type** | **Address** lets customers search from any address, with suggestions as they type. **Postcode / Suburb** lets them search by postcode or suburb name. | | **Auto search for locations** | When **Enabled**, results update as soon as the customer picks an address, without pressing **Search**. Not available with **Postcode / Suburb**. | | **How to find the customer's location** | What happens when a customer clicks the location button. **Geolocation** asks the browser for their exact location, with their permission. **IP address** uses their approximate location from their internet connection, without asking. **None** turns location lookup off. | | **Auto Geo IP** | When **Enabled**, the map centres on the visitor's approximate location as soon as the page loads, and the location button is hidden. | Address suggestions need a Google Maps or Mapbox key. See [Map settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/map-settings.md). ## Results | Setting | What it does | | ----------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Search radius** | How far from the searched location to look for stores, for example `50` km. | | **Result limit** | The most stores shown for one search. | | **Distance unit** | **Km** or **Miles**. | | **Group results by** | Show results under headings by **Country**, **City**, or **Province**, or **None** for one list. | | **Store order before search** | How stores are sorted when the page first loads, before a search. **Manual** uses each store's **Sort order** number. You can also sort by **Store name A–Z** or **Z–A**, or keep the **Default**. | After a search, results are listed nearest first. If customers often see no results, try a bigger **Search radius**. ## Search area, filters, and labels ![The Search area, Filters, and Labels & visibility sections, with countries for address search, the filters to display, the reset filters button, the search placeholder, the geolocation button text, the no results message, and visibility settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-area-filters-labels.D6ixnI45_8sUYa.webp) ### Search area Limit address suggestions to the countries you trade in, so customers in Australia aren't offered streets in Austria. - Pick a country under **Search based on country**. - To allow more than one country, tick **Enable multiple location restrictions**, then add each country. ### Filters - **Filters to display**: the filters customers can use to narrow the list: **Tags**, **Distance**, **State**, and **Country**. Click a filter to turn it on or off. - **Reset filters button**: show or hide a button that clears all filters at once. Tag filters use the tags on your stores. Keep tag names consistent so the filter list stays tidy. See [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md#status-and-tags). ### Labels and visibility | Setting | What it does | | ---------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Search placeholder** | The hint text in the empty search box, for example `Town or postcode`. | | **Geo location button text** | The text on the location button, for example `Near me`. | | **No results message** | What customers see when no stores are found. Click **address** under the field to insert `{{address}}`, which is replaced with what they searched for, for example `No stores found near {{address}}`. | | **Address search input** | Show or hide the search box. | | **Search button label** | Show or hide the text on the search button. When hidden, the button shows an icon only. | To show these labels in other languages, use **Translations** in the app menu. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/translations.md). ## Related guides - [Map settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/map-settings.md) - [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md) --- title: "Design and layouts" description: "Choose the layout of your store locator and store pages, pick the store details to show, and fine-tune each layout on the Design tab." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["settings", "design", "layout", "store page layout", "clustering", "time format", "custom css", "tabs"] --- # Design and layouts > Choose the layout of your store locator and store pages, pick the store details to show, and fine-tune each layout on the Design tab. The **Design** tab in **Settings** controls how your store locator and store pages look. Change a setting, then click **Save** in the bar at the top. This guide covers: 1. [Display](#display) 2. [Store page layouts](#store-page-layouts) 3. [Locator layouts](#locator-layouts) 4. [Layout options](#layout-options) 5. [Custom CSS](#custom-css) For colours and fonts, see [Colours and fonts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/colours-and-fonts.md). ## Display ![The Display section of the Design tab, with the Display layout, the store details to show, Map clustering, and Time format](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-display.PgQAoCDZ_Z2sflNj.webp) - **Display layout**: the layout of your store locator page. You can also choose it under [Locator layouts](#locator-layouts). - **Store details to show**: click the details you want on each store in the list, such as **Store name**, **Address**, **Phone number**, **Trading hours**, **Tags**, **Store page link**, or a **View button**. Ticked details are shown. - **Map clustering**: when **Enabled**, nearby pins are grouped into one numbered circle when the map is zoomed out. Turn it on if you have many stores close together. - **Time format**: show opening hours as **12-hour** (`9:00am`) or **24-hour** (`09:00`). With the **List** layout, the store details are set by the layout itself, so **Store details to show** applies to the other layouts. ## Store page layouts The store page layout is used for every store's own page. One layout is active at a time. ![The Store page layouts and Locator layouts lists, each with pre-built layouts, an Active badge on the layout in use, Preview, Publish, and Edit buttons, and a Create layout button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-layouts.BOb0hjml_Z203lof.webp) The pre-built layouts are: | Layout | What it looks like | | -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | **List** | The store's details in a single column. | | **Two Column With Map** | Details on one side and a map on the other. | | **Two Column** | Details split over two columns. | | **2 Column - Large Store Image** | A large photo of the store beside its details. | To change the layout: 1. Click **Preview** to see what a layout looks like, where available. 2. Click **Publish** on the layout you want. 3. Click **Save** at the top of the page. The layout is used once you save. For any layout other than **List**, choose the details to show on store pages under **Store page details to show**. Your own layouts appear in the same list, with **Edit** and **⋯** (for **Delete**). To make one, click **Create layout**. See [Custom layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/custom-layouts.md). ## Locator layouts The locator layout is the layout of your main store locator page. It works the same way as store page layouts: click **Publish**, then **Save**. | Layout | What it looks like | | -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **List** | A store list beside a map. | | **Magazine** | A grid of photo cards that open each store's page. | | **Two Column** | A title, a search box, and stores in two columns. | | **2 Column - Large Store Image** | Wide cards with a large store photo beside the details, next to a map. | ## Layout options Extra settings appear below **Colours, fonts & more** for the active locator layout. - **List layout**: - **Title**, **Description title**, **Content description**, and **Content description link**: text shown with the list. - **Search position**: **Top** or **Sidebar**. - **Map position (mobile)**: show the map above or below the list on phones. - **Show "All stores" link** and **View all stores URL**: add a link to a page listing all your stores. - **Magazine layout**: a **Title** and **Subtitle** shown above the cards. - **Two column layout**: a **Title** and **Description** shown above the stores. - **2 Column - Large Store Image**: **Store list tabs**. The first tab always shows all stores. Click to add a tab, give it a **Tab name** such as `Tyre fitting`, and pick a **Tag**. The tab shows only stores with that tag. ## Custom CSS For advanced changes, add your own CSS in **Custom CSS** (`widget.css`). It applies only to the store locator and is loaded after the theme styles, so it can override them. Only use this if you're comfortable with CSS. If something looks wrong after a change, remove your CSS and save again. ## Related guides - [Colours and fonts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/colours-and-fonts.md) - [Custom layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/custom-layouts.md) - [Search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/search-settings.md) --- title: "Colours and fonts" description: "Use the visual customizer to match your store locator's font, colours, and corner style to your brand, with a live preview." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/colours-and-fonts markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/colours-and-fonts.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["settings", "design", "colours", "fonts", "theme", "customizer", "branding"] --- # Colours and fonts > Use the visual customizer to match your store locator's font, colours, and corner style to your brand, with a live preview. The customizer lets you change your store locator's font, colours, and corner rounding, and see the result as you go. ## Open the customizer 1. Go to **Settings** › **Design**. 2. Under **Colours, fonts & more**, click **Open customizer**. ![The Customize page, with Font Family, Radius, theme presets, and custom theme colours on the left, and a live preview of the store locator on the right](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-customizer.CQXTPQeI_Z1Nh8Bv.webp) The left side has the settings. The right side is a live preview of your store locator. Use the buttons at the top to preview it on desktop, tablet, or mobile. ## Change the look - **Font Family**: the font for the store locator. Choose **Inherit** to use your theme's font, or pick one, such as **Inter**, **Poppins**, **Open Sans**, **Montserrat**, or **DM Serif Text**. - **Radius**: how rounded corners are on buttons, cards, and fields, from `0` (square) to `1` (most rounded). - **Theme**: a ready-made colour set, such as **Zinc**, **Nature**, **Gold**, **Blue**, or **Green**. Click one to try it in the preview. ## Use your own colours 1. Next to **Custom Theme**, click **Enable custom theme**. 2. Set each colour. The main ones are: - **Background** and **Foreground**: the page background and the main text colour. - **Primary** and **Primary Foreground**: buttons, such as **Search**, and the text on them. - **Card** and **Card Foreground**: store cards and their text. - **Muted** and **Muted Foreground**: softer backgrounds and secondary text. - **Border**, **Input**, and **Ring**: borders, field outlines, and the highlight around a selected field. - **Destructive**: error messages. 3. Click a colour to pick it, or type an HSL value, such as `240, 5.9%, 10%`. Each **Foreground** colour is the text that sits on the colour above it. Keep enough contrast between them, so text stays easy to read. ## Save or discard - Click **Save** to apply your changes to your store locator. - Click **Discard** to undo changes you haven't saved. - Click **Back** to return to **Settings**. ## Tips - Start from the preset closest to your brand, then enable a custom theme and adjust only the colours you need. - Check the mobile preview. Most customers look for stores on their phones. - For changes the customizer doesn't cover, use **Custom CSS** on the Design tab. See [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md#custom-css). ## Related guides - [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md) - [Custom layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/custom-layouts.md) --- title: "Custom layouts" description: "Build your own store page or store locator layout with the drag-and-drop visual editor, then publish it on the Design tab." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/custom-layouts markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/custom-layouts.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["settings", "design", "custom layout", "visual editor", "drag and drop", "blocks", "store page layout"] --- # Custom layouts > Build your own store page or store locator layout with the drag-and-drop visual editor, then publish it on the Design tab. If the pre-built layouts don't fit your brand, build your own with the visual editor. You drag blocks, such as the store name, trading hours, or a map, onto the page and arrange them how you like. You can make two kinds of custom layout: - **Store page layouts**: the page for each individual store. - **Locator layouts**: the main store locator page. ## Create a layout 1. Go to **Settings** › **Design**. 2. Under **Store page layouts** or **Locator layouts**, click **Create layout**. 3. For a locator layout, choose a starting point: - **List with map**: a store list beside a map. - **Magazine grid**: photo cards that open each store's page. No map. - **Two column**: a title, a search box, and stores in two columns. No map. - **Two column, large image**: wide cards with a large store photo, next to a map. The visual editor opens. ![The visual editor for a new store page layout, with blocks on the left, a preview of a store page in the middle, the layout name and description on the right, and the Preview store dropdown, Discard, and Save at the top](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-layout-editor.B2r8z1xE_2kpDSH.webp) ## Use the editor - **Blocks** (left): drag a block onto the preview to add it. Blocks are grouped, for example: - **Layout**: **Row**, **Column**, **Split Pane**, **Flex Container**, **Grid Container**, **Empty Space**, **Show / Hide Section**, and **Custom HTML**. - **Store Information**: **Store Name**, **Store Label**, **Short Description**, **Store Description**, and **Store Tags**. - **Contact & Location**: **Store Address**, **Phone Number**, **Email Address**, **Get Directions**, and **Google Map**. - **Trading Hours**: **Trading Hours**, **Special Trading Hours**, and **Open / Closed Status**. - **Media & Social**: **Image Gallery** and **Social Media Links**. - **Navigation**: **Breadcrumbs**, **Back to All Stores**, and **Store Page Link**. - **Locator** (locator layouts only): **Store Search**, **Store Filters**, **Store List**, **Store Card**, **Store Map**, **Store Tabs**, **Sort Control**, **Result Count**, and **No Results Message**. - **Outline** (left): see every block on the page as a list, and select one. - **Settings** (right): click a block to change its settings, such as text, spacing, or which details it shows. With nothing selected, set the **Layout Name** and an optional **Description**. - **Preview store** (top): choose which store fills the preview, so you can check a layout with real details. - **Device buttons** (above the preview): check the layout on mobile, tablet, desktop, or full width. Use the zoom controls to see more or less. - **Undo** and **Redo**: step back or forward through your changes. Different blocks are available for store page layouts and locator layouts. ## Save the layout Click **Save** to save the layout and go back to **Settings**. Click **Discard** to leave without saving. Saving doesn't put the layout live. Your new layout appears in the list on the **Design** tab. ## Publish the layout 1. On **Settings** › **Design**, find your layout in the list. 2. Click **Publish**. 3. Click **Save** at the top of the page. Your store locator or store pages now use the layout. Only one layout of each kind is active at a time. ## Edit or delete a layout - Click **Edit** next to a layout to open it in the editor again. Changes to the active layout show on your online store when you save in the editor. - To delete a layout, click **⋯** › **Delete**, then confirm. You can't delete the active layout: publish another one first. Deleting can't be undone. ## Tips - Name layouts clearly, such as `Store page with gallery`, so you can tell them apart. - Preview a few different stores, including one with no photos or no special hours, to check the layout still looks good. - Check the mobile view before you publish. ## Related guides - [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md) - [Colours and fonts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/colours-and-fonts.md) --- title: "Default hours, notifications, and tracking" description: "Set the default trading hours for new stores, choose your notification email, and turn on Shoppy Connect tracking." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/default-hours-and-tracking markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/default-hours-and-tracking.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["settings", "default trading hours", "notification email", "analytics", "tracking", "shoppy connect"] --- # Default hours, notifications, and tracking > Set the default trading hours for new stores, choose your notification email, and turn on Shoppy Connect tracking. These settings are on the **Trading hours & alerts** and **Analytics** tabs in **Settings**. Change a setting, then click **Save** in the bar at the top. ## Default trading hours Default trading hours are the hours new stores start with, whether you add them by hand or import them. Set them before you add your stores and you'll have less to change. ![The Trading hours & alerts tab, with the Notification email field and Default trading hours for each day, each with an Open checkbox and opening and closing times, and a Copy Monday to all days link](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-trading-hours-alerts.DdPwOh7__ZaN4Ar.webp) 1. Go to **Settings** › **Trading hours & alerts**. 2. For each day, tick **Open** and set the opening and closing times. Untick **Open** for days your stores are usually closed. 3. To use Monday's hours for every day, click **Copy Monday to all days**. 4. Click **Save**. Changing the defaults doesn't change stores you already have. To update existing stores, edit each one, or use [Bulk edit hours](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md#update-hours-for-many-stores). ## Notification email Enter the email address where you'd like to receive messages about the app, under **Notification email**. Use an inbox someone checks, such as a shared team address. ## Shoppy Connect tracking If you also use [Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md), you can see how customers use your store locator there. ![The Analytics tab, with the Shoppy Connect tracking checkbox](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-analytics.D5Ay1yu4_Z1Hb64d.webp) 1. Go to **Settings** › **Analytics**. 2. Tick **Shoppy Connect tracking**. 3. Click **Save**. Your store locator then records searches and store views, so you can see them in Shoppy Connect. It's off until you turn it on. Search engine settings, such as structured data, are on the **Marketing** page. See [Structured data for search engines](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/structured-data.md). ## Related guides - [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md) - [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md) --- title: "What shoppers see" description: "How customers use your store locator on your online store, from searching for an address to opening a store's own page." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Your online store" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/what-shoppers-see markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/what-shoppers-see.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["storefront", "shoppers", "customers", "search", "map", "filters", "store page", "near me"] --- # What shoppers see > How customers use your store locator on your online store, from searching for an address to opening a store's own page. This guide shows your store locator from your customers' side. Use it to check your setup, or to answer questions from your customer service team. The screenshots use the **List** layout. Other layouts arrange things differently, but work the same way. See [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md). ## The store locator page When customers open your store locator page, they see a search bar, a list of stores, and a map with a pin for each store. ![The store locator on an online store, with the search bar, the Use my current location and Filters buttons, the store list grouped by region, and a map with pins for every store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-locator.D7473x6V_25GmqB.webp) - **Search bar**: customers type an address, suburb, or postcode. - **Location button**: finds stores near the customer. The button text is set in **Settings** › **Search**. - **Filters**: narrows the list. See [Filters](#filters). - **Store list**: stores are grouped under headings, such as a state or country, when **Group results by** is turned on. Customers click a heading to see its stores. - **Map**: shows a pin for each store. Customers can drag and zoom the map. ## Search for a store As customers type, the store locator suggests matching addresses. ![The search bar with Sydney NSW typed in and three address suggestions below it](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-address-suggestions._S1qJ6aj_6jkum.webp) 1. The customer picks an address from the suggestions. 2. They click the search button, or results show straight away if **Auto search for locations** is on. 3. The list shows the stores within your **Search radius**, nearest first, and the map zooms in on them. ![Search results for Melbourne, with Urban Stitch Melbourne in the list, its trading hours open, and the map zoomed in on its pin](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-results-hours.wzUzuUU6_ZNNGoA.webp) Customers click **View Store Hours** to see the store's trading hours for each day. If no stores are found, customers see your **No results message**. Change the radius and message in **Settings** › **Search**. See [Search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/search-settings.md). ## Use the map Customers click a pin to see the store's name, address, and opening hours. **Get Directions** opens the store's location in Google Maps, where they can get directions. ![A map popup for Urban Stitch Melbourne, with its address, opening hours, and a Get Directions link](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-map-popup.w5vjOQum_1s7gbS.webp) ## Filters Customers click **Filters** to narrow the stores they see. They choose their filters, then click **Apply filters**. **Reset** clears them. ![The Filters window, with Search Radius, Tags, Country, and Province, and the Reset and Apply filters buttons](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-filters.CzRwEURu_9JF8U.webp) You choose which filters show in **Settings** › **Search** › **Filters to display**. Tag filters use the tags on your stores. ## Store pages If you've created [store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/store-pages.md), customers can open a page for each store. It shows the store's details, trading hours, description, and a map. ![The store page for Urban Stitch Melbourne, with its address, phone number, Get Directions link, trading hours for each day, description, and a map](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/06-store-page.CK3qcQH4_Z16tDe.webp) Customers reach a store page from a link in the store list, if you've added **Store page link** or a **View button** to **Store details to show**. They can also find it from your menus or search engines. ## Language The store locator shows its text in the language of your online store. If your store is in more than one language, customers see the store locator in the language they chose. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/translations.md). ## Check your store locator After you change your settings, open your store locator page as a customer would: 1. Go to **Install widget** and click **View page**. 2. Search for an address near one of your stores. 3. Check the results, the trading hours, and the map pins. 4. Try it on your phone too. If a store is missing from the map, see [Fix stores missing from the map](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/fix-stores-missing-from-the-map.md). ## Related guides - [Store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/store-pages.md) - [Search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/search-settings.md) - [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md) --- title: "Store pages" description: "Give each store its own page on your online store, publish or hide it, and change how store pages look." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Your online store" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/store-pages markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/store-pages.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["store page", "store pages", "publish", "unpublish", "page address", "layout", "seo"] --- # Store pages > Give each store its own page on your online store, publish or hide it, and change how store pages look. A store page is a page on your online store for a single store. It shows the store's name, address, phone number, trading hours, description, photos, and a map. Store pages help customers find everything about one store in one place, and give search engines a page to show for each store. The app creates and manages store pages for you. Each one is a normal Shopify page, so you'll also see it in **Online Store** › **Pages** in your Shopify admin. ## Create a store page 1. Go to **Stores** and open the store. 2. Scroll down to the **Store page** section. 3. Click **Create store page**. ![The Store page section of a store, with the Create store page button and the store code](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-create-store-page.CdsXqCCC_ZkVDVm.webp) The page is created and published straight away. Its title is the store's name. ### Create pages for many stores 1. Go to **Stores**. 2. Tick the stores you want pages for. 3. Click **Create store pages** in the actions for the selected stores. Stores that already have a page are skipped. See [Bulk actions](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/bulk-actions.md). ## Your store page's address The page address is made from the store's name when the page is created. For example, a store called **Urban Stitch Melbourne** gets the address `/pages/urban-stitch-melbourne`. If you already have a page with that address, Shopify adds a number to the end, such as `/pages/urban-stitch-melbourne-1`. The full address shows in the **Store page** section after the page is created. Click it to open the page. ## Publish or hide a store page ![The Store page section with Publishing set to Active, the page address, and the actions menu open with View page, Translate page, and Delete store page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-published-store-page.B8tMSqZt_1kvwo9.webp) Use the **Publishing** switch: - **Active**: the page is live on your online store. - **Inactive**: the page is hidden from customers. It isn't deleted, so you can publish it again at any time. Hide a store's page while it's closed for a refit, for example, without losing the page. ## More actions Click **⋯** in the **Store page** section: - **View page**: opens the store page on your online store. - **Translate page**: opens **Translations**, where you can translate the store's description. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/translations.md). - **Delete store page**: removes the page from your online store. > **Deleting a store page can't be undone.** Its address stops working, so links to it from your menus, emails, or search engines break. The store stays in your store locator. If you only want to hide the page for now, set **Publishing** to **Inactive** instead. ## Change how store pages look All store pages share one layout. To change it, go to **Settings** › **Design** › **Store page layouts**. - Pick one of the pre-built layouts, such as **Two Column With Map**. - Choose which details show under **Store page details to show**. - Or build your own layout with the visual editor. See [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md) and [Custom layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/custom-layouts.md). The page shows what you've entered for the store, so fill in its description, photos, and trading hours first. See [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md). ## Link to your store pages Customers can reach store pages from: - **The store locator**: add **Store page link** or a **View button** in **Settings** › **Design** › **Store details to show**. - **Your menus**: in your Shopify admin, go to **Content** › **Menus** and add a link to the page. - **Search engines**: Google finds published store pages over time. ## Good to know - **Don't edit the page content in Shopify.** The page contains a small piece of code that loads the store's details. If you remove it in **Online Store** › **Pages**, the page stops showing the store. - **Renaming a store doesn't change its page.** The page keeps its old title and address. To match the new name, delete the store page and create it again. The address changes, so update any links to it. - **Deleting a store doesn't delete its page.** Delete the store page first if you no longer need it. - **Uninstalling the app leaves store pages on your online store**, but they stop working. See [Uninstall Shoppy Store Locator](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/billing-and-account/uninstall-the-app.md). ## Related guides - [What shoppers see](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/what-shoppers-see.md) - [Add and edit a store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/managing-stores/add-and-edit-a-store.md) - [Design and layouts](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/design-and-layouts.md) --- title: "Translations" description: "Change the wording of your store locator, translate it into other languages, and translate each store's description on its store page." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Your online store" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/translations markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/translations.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["translations", "languages", "multilingual", "widget text", "store pages", "wording", "labels"] --- # Translations > Change the wording of your store locator, translate it into other languages, and translate each store's description on its store page. Use **Translations** to: - Change any wording in your store locator, such as `View Store Hours`, even if you only sell in English. - Show your store locator in other languages. - Translate the description on each store's page. Translations are included in some plans. If yours doesn't include them, you'll see **Translations need a plan upgrade**. Click **View billing options** to see the plans. ## Supported languages English, Chinese, Japanese, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Indonesian, and Korean. ## Which language customers see The store locator uses the language of your online store. If your store is in more than one language, customers see the store locator in the language they chose. If the page has no language set, it uses the language of the customer's browser. If there's no translation for a language, the store locator uses English. To add languages to your online store, go to **Settings** › **Languages** in your Shopify admin. ## Change or translate the store locator's wording 1. Go to **Translations** in the app menu. The **Widget text** tab opens. 2. Choose a **Language**. 3. Find the text you want to change. Type in **Filter** to find a label quickly, for example `hours`. 4. Type your wording in the translation box next to it. 5. Click **Save** in the bar at the top. ![The Widget text tab, with French chosen as the language, the Filter box, and the default text for each label next to its French translation](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-widget-text.lIKpruH__A7m4y.webp) The **Default text** column shows the English wording, so you can see what each label is. Most languages already have a translation filled in. Change any you'd like to word differently. To change the English wording, choose **English** and edit the text. For example, change `View Store Hours` to `Opening hours`. Your changes show on your store locator straight away. ## Translate store page descriptions Each store's description can be shown in each language on its store page. 1. Go to **Translations** and click the **Store pages** tab. 2. Choose a **Store**. 3. Type the store's description in each language you need. Leave a language empty if you don't need it. 4. Click **Save** in the bar at the top. ![The Store pages tab, with a Store dropdown and a description box for each language, starting with English, Chinese, Japanese, and French](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-store-pages.Bg1SIw-L_vYTtX.webp) You can also get here from a store: in the **Store page** section, click **⋯** › **Translate page**. Store names, addresses, and other store details aren't translated. They show as you entered them. ## Tips - Switching language or tab with unsaved changes asks you to confirm first. Save before you switch. - Some wording is also set in **Settings** › **Search**, such as the search placeholder and the no results message. See [Search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/search-settings.md). - Check the result on your online store in each language. See [What shoppers see](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/what-shoppers-see.md). ## Related guides - [Store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/store-pages.md) - [Search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/settings-and-design/search-settings.md) --- title: "Structured data for search engines" description: "Turn structured data (JSON-LD) on or off for your store pages, and check what Google can read from them." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Your online store" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/structured-data markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/structured-data.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["structured data", "json-ld", "seo", "google", "search engines", "marketing", "local business", "rich results"] --- # Structured data for search engines > Turn structured data (JSON-LD) on or off for your store pages, and check what Google can read from them. Structured data is hidden information on a web page that describes it in a format search engines understand. For a store, that can include its name, address, opening hours, and phone number. Google may use it to show store details in search results. Shoppy Store Locator's structured data setting is on the **Marketing** page. It's off until you turn it on. ## Turn structured data on or off 1. Go to **Marketing** in the app menu. 2. Under **JSON-LD for store pages**, click **Turn on**. ![The Marketing page, with the Structured data (JSON-LD) section, the JSON-LD for store pages card set to Off, and the Turn on button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-marketing.DLX2Ztzw_32b9x.webp) The badge changes to **On**. To turn it off again, click **Turn off**. Structured data is added to [store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/store-pages.md), so create store pages for your stores first. ## Check what Google can read At the moment, turning this on doesn't always add your store's details to its store page. Check each store page with Google's test before you rely on it: 1. Open a store page on your online store and copy its address. 2. Go to Google's [Rich Results Test](https://search.google.com/test/rich-results). 3. Paste the address and click **Test URL**. 4. Look for **Local business** in the results, and check that the store's name, address, and opening hours are correct. If the test doesn't find your store's details, contact us at [help@shoppycommerce.com.au](mailto:help@shoppycommerce.com.au) with the store page address. ## Other ways to help customers find your stores in Google - **Google Business Profile**: keep a Business Profile for each store. It's what Google shows in Maps and local search. You can import and sync hours with Shoppy Store Locator. See [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-business-profile.md). - **Store pages**: publish a page for each store, with a full description and correct trading hours. See [Store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/store-pages.md). - **Links**: link to your store locator page and store pages from your menus, so search engines can find them. Google decides what to show in search results. Structured data helps Google understand your pages, but doesn't guarantee that store details will appear. ## Related guides - [Store pages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/online-store/store-pages.md) - [Google Business Profile](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/google-business-profile.md) --- title: "Uninstall Shoppy Store Locator" description: "What to do before you uninstall, how to uninstall the app, and what happens to your stores, pages, and plan afterwards." product: "Shoppy Store Locator" section: "Billing and account" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/billing-and-account/uninstall-the-app markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/billing-and-account/uninstall-the-app.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["uninstall", "remove app", "delete data", "export", "billing", "reinstall"] --- # Uninstall Shoppy Store Locator > What to do before you uninstall, how to uninstall the app, and what happens to your stores, pages, and plan afterwards. You can uninstall Shoppy Store Locator at any time from your Shopify admin. > **Uninstalling deletes your data straight away.** All your stores, settings, and layouts are removed as soon as you uninstall. This can't be undone, and we can't recover them for you. Export your stores first if you might need them again. ## Before you uninstall Work through this list first: 1. **Export your stores.** Go to **Stores** › **Export** › **Export All Locations**, then download the file. See [Export stores to CSV](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/export-stores-to-csv.md). You can import it again if you come back. 2. **Hide or delete your store locator page.** Go to **Install widget** and click **Hide page**. If you leave it published, customers who open it see an empty page. 3. **Delete your store pages**, if you created any. Open each store and choose **Delete store page** in the **Store page** section. Store pages stay on your online store after you uninstall, and they no longer work. 4. **Remove links from your menus.** In your Shopify admin, go to **Content** › **Menus** and remove links to the store locator page and store pages. 5. **Make a note of your settings**, such as your layout, colours, and search options, if you want to set things up the same way later. Not sure the app is right for you? Contact us at [help@shoppycommerce.com.au](mailto:help@shoppycommerce.com.au) first. We may be able to help with whatever isn't working. ## Uninstall the app 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Settings** › **Apps**. 2. Find **Shoppy Store Locator** and click **⋯** next to it. 3. Click **Uninstall**, then confirm. ## What happens when you uninstall | What | What happens | | -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Stores, settings, and layouts** | Deleted straight away, including trading hours, tags, custom layouts, and your map key. | | **Your plan** | Shopify cancels your subscription to the app. | | **Store locator blocks in your theme** | Shopify stops showing blocks from uninstalled apps, so the **Store Locator Widget**, **Modal**, and **View All** blocks disappear from your online store. | | **Store locator page and store pages** | They stay on your online store, because they're normal Shopify pages, but the store locator on them no longer loads. Hide or delete them, as described above. | | **Google connection** | The app's link to your Google account is removed. Your Google Business Profile and its locations aren't changed. | | **Google Sheets spreadsheet** | Stays in your Google Drive, but no longer syncs. | | **Your Shopify locations** | Not changed. Importing them into the app never changed them in Shopify. | To also remove the app's access from your Google account, go to your Google account's **Security** settings and remove Shoppy Store Locator from your connected apps. ## If you reinstall later - You start with an empty app. Import your stores again from the CSV file you exported. See [Import stores from a CSV file](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/import-stores-from-a-csv-file.md). - Leave the `StoreId` column empty in your file, so new stores are created. - Your free trial doesn't restart. If you've used it before, choose a plan to keep using the app. - Set up your settings and layouts again, then publish your store locator page from the **Dashboard**. ## Related guides - [Export stores to CSV](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/importing-and-syncing/export-stores-to-csv.md) - [Getting started with Shoppy Store Locator](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/store-locator/getting-started/getting-started.md) --- title: "Getting started with Shoppy Find in Store" description: "Learn how Shoppy Find in Store works, find your way around the app, and show live store stock on your product pages." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Getting started" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/getting-started markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/getting-started.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["getting started", "home", "setup", "install", "free trial", "onboarding", "stock"] --- # Getting started with Shoppy Find in Store > Learn how Shoppy Find in Store works, find your way around the app, and show live store stock on your product pages. Shoppy Find in Store is a Shopify app that shows customers which of your stores have a product in stock. It adds a widget to your product pages. Customers search by address or use their location, then see the nearest stores, how much stock each one has, and each store's trading hours and contact details. You manage everything from inside your Shopify admin. This guide covers: 1. [How Shoppy Find in Store works](#how-shoppy-find-in-store-works): the main ideas behind the app. 2. [A tour of the app](#a-tour-of-the-app): the menu and the Home page. 3. [First-time setup](#first-time-setup): from installing the app to live stock on your product pages. ## How Shoppy Find in Store works A few ideas come up across the whole app: | Term | What it means | | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Location** | One of your physical stores. Locations are imported from your Shopify locations, so the app can read their stock. Only **active** locations are shown to customers. | | **Stock** | The **available** inventory of the product at each Shopify location. The app reads it straight from Shopify, so it's always current. | | **Widget** | What customers see on your product pages: a **Find in Store** button that opens the list of stores and their stock. You add it to your theme as an app block. | | **Google Maps API key** | Turns on address suggestions as customers type, and the map. You create it in your own Google Cloud account. | | **Tabs** | The widget can show more than one view, such as **Stock in Store**, **Click & Collect**, or **Delivery**. You choose them in **Settings** › **Widget appearance**. | | **Stock levels** | You decide when a store counts as in stock or low on stock, and the message customers see for each. See **Settings** › **Stock**. | The usual flow is: 1. Add your locations in Shopify, then import them into the app. 2. Check your products have stock at those locations. 3. Add the widget to your product pages. 4. Customise how it looks and what it says. ## A tour of the app Open the app from **Apps** › **Shoppy Find in Store** in your Shopify admin. You land on **Home**. ![The Home page, with the Widget status card showing the theme, placement, and last checked time, and the plan card showing the plan, its price, and how many included locations are used](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-home.D_IumYj4_Sg5N1.webp) ### The menu | Item | What you do there | | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Home** | See whether the widget is on your theme, follow the setup guide, and see your plan. | | **Settings** | Add your Google Maps key, and choose how the widget looks, how stock is shown, how customers search, and your integrations. | | **Locations** | Import and edit your locations, their trading hours, and special dates. | | **Translate** | Translate the widget's wording into other languages. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/translations.md). | | **Billing** | See your plan and change it. | | **Help** | Contact support or book a free setup session. | ### Home - **Widget status**: whether the widget is on your live theme. It shows **Live** or **Not added**, the theme it checked, and when. Click **Check again** after you change your theme. See [Add the widget to your product page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md). - **Setup guide**: five short steps to get you live. Each step ticks itself off when the app sees it's done, or you can mark it as done. Once every step is done, the guide shows **Setup complete**. - **Plan**: your plan, its price, and how many of its included locations you're using. Click **Manage plan** to change it. - **Need help?**: links to contact support or book a free setup session. ![The Setup guide card, with five steps on the left: Add store locations, Check stock is syncing, Add a Google Maps API key, Add the widget to your theme, and Test on your storefront. Two are done. The open step explains how stock syncs, with Review stock and Mark as done](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-setup-guide.BSTlC_vq_Z1SmI1w.webp) ## First-time setup The setup guide on **Home** walks you through these steps. It takes about 7 minutes. ### 1. Add store locations Find in Store reads stock from your Shopify locations, so each store needs to be a location in Shopify first. 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Settings** › **Locations** and check each of your stores is there, with its full address. 2. In the app, go to **Locations** and click **Import** › **Import from Shopify**. 3. Choose the locations customers can check stock at, then click the import button, for example **Import 3 locations**. 4. Open each imported location, set its **Status** to **Active**, and set its trading hours. Imported locations start as **Inactive**, with no trading hours. See [Import locations from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md). If your stores are managed in Shoppy Connect, you'll see **Locations are managed in Shoppy Connect** instead, and you edit them there. ### 2. Check stock is syncing The widget shows each product's **available** quantity at each location, as recorded in Shopify. - If you track stock in Shopify, check your products have stock at your store locations. Go to **Products**, open a product, and look at its **Inventory**. - If your stock lives in another system, such as a point-of-sale or warehouse system, connect a stock sync app first so Shopify has the right numbers. ### 3. Add a Google Maps API key The key turns on address suggestions as customers type, and the map. See [Get a Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md). ### 4. Add the widget to your theme Add the **Shoppy FS - Widget** app block to your product page, then save your theme. See [Add the widget to your product page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md). ### 5. Test on your storefront Open your online store in a normal browser window, not a private or incognito one, and check: 1. Open a product page for a product that has stock in at least one of your locations. 2. The **Find in Store** widget shows each store with the right stock. 3. Switch between variants, such as sizes or colours. The stock updates for each store. 4. Search for an address, or use your current location. The nearest stores are listed. 5. Open a store's details. The address, phone number, and trading hours are right. ## Your free trial You get a 7-day free trial with every feature. A banner shows how many days are left. Click **Choose a plan** at any time: your remaining trial days carry over, so you don't lose them. If the trial ends before you choose a plan, the widget stops showing stock on your online store. Your settings and locations are kept. Choose a plan in **Billing** to turn it back on. ## Get help Go to **Help** in the app menu, or email [help@shoppycommerce.com.au](mailto:help@shoppycommerce.com.au). We usually reply within one business day. New customers can also book a free setup session, where our team sets up Find in Store with you. See [Getting help](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/getting-help.md). ## Related guides - [Add the widget to your product page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md) - [Get a Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md) --- title: "Add the widget to your product page" description: "Add the Shoppy FS - Widget app block to your product page in the Shopify theme editor, and check it's live." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Getting started" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["widget", "theme editor", "app block", "product page", "install", "widget status"] --- # Add the widget to your product page > Add the Shoppy FS - Widget app block to your product page in the Shopify theme editor, and check it's live. The widget is what customers see on your product pages. You add it to your theme as an app block, in the Shopify theme editor. You don't need to edit any code. Your theme needs to support app blocks on the product page. Most current Shopify themes do, including all free Shopify themes. ## Add the widget 1. In the app, go to **Home** and click **Open theme editor** in the **Widget status** card. The theme editor opens on your product page, with the widget block already added. 2. Check the **Shoppy FS - Widget** block is in the product information section. 3. Drag the block to where you'd like it, for example under the **Buy buttons**. 4. Click **Save** at the top right of the theme editor. ![The theme editor sidebar, with the Template list and the Shoppy FS - Widget block added and selected at the end of the product section](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-theme-editor-block.BVFZ6KgX_2kBKtd.webp) The block has no settings in the theme editor. You choose how it looks and what it says in the app, under **Settings**. ### Add it by hand If you'd rather add the block yourself: 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Online Store** › **Themes** and click **Customize** on your live theme. 2. Choose **Products** › **Default product** from the page menu at the top. 3. In the product information section, click **Add block**. 4. Click the **Apps** tab and choose **Shoppy FS - Widget**. 5. Click **Save**. If you use more than one product template, add the block to each template you want it on. ## Check it's working Open a product page on your online store. You'll see the widget's button under your buy buttons, or wherever you placed the block. ![A product page with the Add to cart and Buy it now buttons, and the Find Store button underneath](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-find-store-button.Dbf3yWVL_7py0S.webp) The button text shown here is **Find Store**. You can change it in **Settings** › **Widget appearance**, or in **Translate**. Then go back to **Home** in the app and click **Check again** in the **Widget status** card. It shows **Live** once the app finds the block on your live theme. ![The Widget status card, with the Not added badge, the theme, placement, and last checked time, and the Preview store, Open theme editor, and Check again buttons](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-widget-status.Bic3oPXT_Z1HoYym.webp) ## If Widget status says Not added - **You haven't saved the theme.** Save it in the theme editor, then click **Check again**. - **The block is in a theme you haven't published.** The app only checks your live theme. - **The block is inside a group or another block.** The app may not find it there. If the widget shows on your product page, it's working, even if the status says **Not added**. - **The block is on another product template.** The app checks your default product template. - **You use a different Find in Store block.** The status only looks for **Shoppy FS - Widget**. If your product pages use **Inline Nearest Store** instead, or you only use the **Header Inline** block, the status says **Not added** even though your blocks are working. To see which blocks you've added, open the theme editor and look at the list on the left. Find in Store blocks have the app's icon next to them. ![The theme editor's list of sections and blocks, with Shoppy FS - Header Inline inside the Header section, and Inline Nearest Store inside Product information](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-theme-blocks.BaEKfOez_Tc9wr.webp) ## If the widget doesn't show on your product page - Check you saved the theme and are looking at your live theme. - Check you have at least one active location in **Locations**. - Check your free trial hasn't ended, or that you've chosen a plan. - Try a normal browser window, not a private one, and refresh the page. Still stuck? Email [help@shoppycommerce.com.au](mailto:help@shoppycommerce.com.au) with a link to the product page, and we'll take a look. ## Related guides - [Getting started with Shoppy Find in Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/getting-started.md) - [Get a Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md) --- title: "Get a Google Maps API key" description: "Create a Google Maps API key, add it to Shoppy Find in Store, and choose the map region and language." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Getting started" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["google maps", "api key", "google cloud", "address search", "map", "settings"] --- # Get a Google Maps API key > Create a Google Maps API key, add it to Shoppy Find in Store, and choose the map region and language. Shoppy Find in Store uses Google Maps for address suggestions as customers type, and for the map. You create the key in your own Google Cloud account and add it to the app. Without a key, customers can't search by address. ## Create a key in Google Cloud You need a Google account. Google Maps Platform includes free monthly usage, but Google asks for a billing account before you can create a key. 1. Go to the [Google Cloud console](https://console.cloud.google.com/) and create a project, or pick an existing one. 2. Set up a billing account for the project. 3. Go to **APIs & Services** › **Library** and turn on: - **Maps JavaScript API**, for the map. - **Places API**, for address suggestions. 4. Go to **APIs & Services** › **Credentials**, click **Create credentials** › **API key**, and copy the key. For Google's own step-by-step guide, click **How to get a key** in the app, or see [Use API keys](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/javascript/get-api-key) on Google's site. ## Restrict your key > **Restrict your key so no one else can use it.** Anyone who copies an unrestricted key can run up charges on your Google account. In Google Cloud, open your key and: 1. Under **Application restrictions**, choose **Websites**. 2. Add your store's domains, for example `your-store.com/*` and `your-store.myshopify.com/*`. 3. Under **API restrictions**, choose **Restrict key** and select **Maps JavaScript API** and **Places API**. 4. Click **Save**. ## Add the key to the app 1. In the app, go to **Settings** › **General**. 2. Paste your key into **API key**. 3. Click **Save** at the top right. The **Added** badge shows once a key is saved. ![The General tab in Settings, with the Google Maps API key section, the API key field with the Added badge and the How to get a key button, and the Map section with Map region and Map language](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-settings-general.VOslf1u6_1gAooa.webp) ## Choose the map region and language In the **Map** section: - **Map region**: the country address suggestions are focused on. Choose the country most of your customers are in, for example **Australia**. - **Map language**: the language of the map and address suggestions, for example **Australia - English**. Click **Save** after you change them. ## If address search doesn't work - Check **Maps JavaScript API** and **Places API** are both turned on in Google Cloud. - Check the project has a billing account. - If you restricted the key, check your store's domains are on the list, exactly as customers see them. - Changes in Google Cloud can take a few minutes to apply. ## Related guides - [Getting started with Shoppy Find in Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/getting-started.md) - [Add the widget to your product page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md) --- title: "Import locations from Shopify" description: "Bring your Shopify locations into Shoppy Find in Store so customers can check stock at each store, then make them active and set their hours." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Locations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["locations", "import", "shopify locations", "inventory", "setup"] --- # Import locations from Shopify > Bring your Shopify locations into Shoppy Find in Store so customers can check stock at each store, then make them active and set their hours. Find in Store reads stock from your Shopify locations. Importing a location links it to its Shopify inventory, so the widget can show how many of each product that store has. **This is the only way to add a location that shows stock.** Locations added by hand or from a CSV file aren't linked to Shopify inventory, so the widget can't show stock for them. ## Before you start Each store needs to be a location in Shopify, with its full address: 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Settings** › **Locations**. 2. Check each store is listed. To add one, click **Add location**. 3. Check the address is complete. Customers' distance to each store is worked out from this address. 4. Make sure your products have stock at each location, in Shopify or through your stock sync app. ## Import your locations 1. In the app, go to **Locations**. 2. Click **Import** › **Import from Shopify**. 3. Tick the locations customers can check stock at. Locations you've already imported show **Imported** and can't be ticked again. 4. Click the import button, for example **Import 3 locations**. The app copies each location's name, address, and phone number from Shopify. ## After you import Imported locations start as **Inactive**, with no trading hours, so customers can't see them yet. For each one: 1. Click the location to open it. 2. Set **Status** to **Active**. 3. Under **Trading hours**, tick **Use default trading hours**, or set the hours for each day. 4. Add an email address and tags if you'd like. 5. Click **Save**. To update many locations at once, select them in the list and use **Set active** and **Update hours**. See [Find, filter, and bulk edit locations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/find-filter-and-bulk-edit-locations.md). If your stores are set up in Shoppy Connect, their status, trading hours, and special dates come across with them. ## Good to know - **Importing doesn't change anything in Shopify.** Your Shopify locations stay as they are. - **Changes in Shopify don't flow back.** If you change a store's name, address, or phone number in Shopify after importing, update it in the app too. Importing it again is skipped, because it's already imported. - **Keep both addresses the same.** The app shows the address you enter in the app, but works out the distance to each store from its Shopify address. - **Deleting a location in the app doesn't delete it in Shopify.** You can import it again later. ## Related guides - [Add and edit a location](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/add-and-edit-a-location.md) - [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md) - [Getting started with Shoppy Find in Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/getting-started.md) --- title: "Add and edit a location" description: "Edit a location's contact details, address, map pin, status, and tags in Shoppy Find in Store, or delete it." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Locations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/add-and-edit-a-location markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/add-and-edit-a-location.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["locations", "edit location", "address", "map pin", "status", "tags", "delete location"] --- # Add and edit a location > Edit a location's contact details, address, map pin, status, and tags in Shoppy Find in Store, or delete it. Each location is one of your stores. Its details show in the Find in Store widget when customers look for stock nearby. To add your stores, [import them from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md). That links each store to its Shopify inventory, so the widget can show its stock. Then use this guide to fill in and edit their details. ## Edit a location 1. Go to **Locations**. 2. Click the location, or click **⋯** › **Edit** on its row. 3. Change what you need. 4. Click **Save**. ![The location form for Urban Stitch Brisbane, with the Contact card (name, email, phone), the Address card (address, apartment, city, state, postcode, country), and the Status and Tags cards on the right](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-location-form.DOEE5pw8_ZO6ff6.webp) ### Contact - **Name**: the store name customers see, for example `Urban Stitch Brisbane`. - **Email** and **Phone**: shown in the store's details in the widget. ### Address 1. Start typing in **Address** and pick a suggestion. The city, state, postcode, and country fill in for you, and the store is placed on the map. 2. Add a unit or shop number in **Apartment, suite, etc.** if needed. 3. Check the pin on the map. Drag it if the store's entrance is somewhere else. ![The map under the address, with a red pin on the store and the note Drag the pin to adjust where the store appears](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-map-pin.DgGKTrzp_Z2tPXnr.webp) Address suggestions need a Google Maps API key. Without one, you can still type the address by hand. See [Get a Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md). The distance to each store is worked out from its address in Shopify, not the address in the app. If you move a store, update its address in Shopify too. ### Trading hours and special dates Set the store's weekly hours, and add holidays or one-off changes. See [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md). ### Status - **Active**: customers can see the store in the widget. - **Inactive**: the store is hidden from customers. Use this for a store that's closed for a while, without losing its details. ### Tags Type tags separated by commas, for example `Flagship, Alterations`, and press **Enter**. Tags help you find and filter stores on the **Locations** page, and show on the **Inline Nearest Store** theme block. Use the same spelling and capitals each time, so the same tag isn't listed twice. ## Add a location by hand Click **Add location**, then **Add manually**. Fill in the form and click **Add location**. New locations start with your [default trading hours](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md#default-trading-hours). A location added by hand isn't linked to a Shopify location, so **the widget can't show stock for it**. In most cases, add the location in Shopify and import it instead. ## Delete a location 1. Open the location. 2. Click **Delete location** at the bottom of the page, then confirm. You can also click **⋯** › **Delete** on its row in the list. > **Deleting a location can't be undone.** Customers no longer see the store, and its hours and special dates are removed from the app. The location in Shopify isn't deleted, so you can import it again, but you'll need to set it up again. To hide a store for now, set it to **Inactive** instead. ## Related guides - [Import locations from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md) - [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md) - [Find, filter, and bulk edit locations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/find-filter-and-bulk-edit-locations.md) --- title: "Trading hours and special dates" description: "Set each location's weekly trading hours, add holidays and one-off changes, and choose the default hours for new locations." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Locations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/trading-hours-and-special-dates markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["trading hours", "opening hours", "special dates", "holidays", "public holidays", "default hours"] --- # Trading hours and special dates > Set each location's weekly trading hours, add holidays and one-off changes, and choose the default hours for new locations. Customers see each store's opening hours in the Find in Store widget, for example **Open today 9:00 AM – 5:00 PM**. Keep them up to date so customers don't turn up to a closed store. ## Set a location's weekly hours 1. Go to **Locations** and open the location. 2. Under **Trading hours**, either: - Tick **Use default trading hours** to use the [default hours](#default-trading-hours), or - Untick it and set the hours for each day. 3. For each day, use the switch to mark it open or closed, and set the opening and closing times. 4. Click **Save**. ![The Trading hours card, with Use default trading hours unticked, Monday to Saturday open 09:00 to 17:00, and Sunday switched off and showing Closed](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-trading-hours.k6ub12TD_1Dvd6l.webp) The closing time must be after the opening time. If it isn't, you'll see a message such as **Monday: closing time must be after opening time**. ## Add a special date Special dates are holidays or one-off changes, such as Christmas Day or a late-night shopping event. They override the weekly hours on that date. 1. Open the location and scroll to **Special dates**. 2. Click **Add date**. 3. Enter a **Label**, for example `Christmas Day`. 4. Choose the **Date**. For a range of days, also choose an **End date**. 5. Choose the hours: - Leave the switch off for **Closed all day**. - Turn it on for **Open with custom hours**, then set the opening and closing times. 6. Click **Add date**, then click **Save** on the location. ![The Add special date window, with the label Christmas Day, the date 25 December 2026, an empty End date, and the Closed all day switch](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-add-special-date.CYEgG67__1H77B4.webp) The date is added to the list. Click **Edit** to change it, or **Delete** to remove it. ![The Special dates card, listing Christmas Day, Fri, Dec 25, 2026, Closed, with Edit and Delete buttons](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-special-dates-list.gFbZGz2L_2aplPU.webp) Special dates are set per location. Add public holidays to each store that closes for them. ## Update hours for many locations 1. Go to **Locations**. 2. Tick the locations you want to change. 3. Click **Update hours**. 4. Set the hours, then save. This replaces the weekly hours of the selected locations. Their special dates stay as they are. ## Default trading hours The default trading hours are a starting point for your locations. Out of the box, they're Monday to Sunday, 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. ![The Default trading hours card on the Locations page, showing Mon–Sun 9:00 AM – 5:00 PM and an Edit button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-default-trading-hours.BklW-cpq_Z1YlGHt.webp) To change them: 1. Go to **Locations** and scroll to **Default trading hours**. 2. Click **Edit**. 3. Set the hours, then save. The defaults are used when: - You add a location by hand. - You tick **Use default trading hours** on a location. Changing the defaults doesn't change locations you've already added. To update them, tick **Use default trading hours** on each one, or use [Update hours](#update-hours-for-many-locations). Locations imported from Shopify don't get the default hours automatically. Set their hours after you import them. ## How customers see your hours Customers see today's hours under each store, for example **Open Today 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM**. They click the **>** next to it to see the rest of the week, and any special dates coming up. ![A store's trading hours on the online store, opened up, with today's hours at the top, then the hours for the rest of the week, and Sunday Closed](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-trading-hours.AvDfwLtV_1MJfAv.webp) Hours show in 12-hour or 24-hour time, depending on **Time format** in **Settings** › **Widget appearance**. See [Display types](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md#other-layout-settings). ## Related guides - [Add and edit a location](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/add-and-edit-a-location.md) - [Find, filter, and bulk edit locations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/find-filter-and-bulk-edit-locations.md) --- title: "Find, filter, and bulk edit locations" description: "Search and filter your locations, find stores that aren't on the map, and set many locations active, inactive, or update their hours at once." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Locations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/find-filter-and-bulk-edit-locations markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/find-filter-and-bulk-edit-locations.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["locations", "search", "filter", "bulk actions", "not on map", "sort"] --- # Find, filter, and bulk edit locations > Search and filter your locations, find stores that aren't on the map, and set many locations active, inactive, or update their hours at once. The **Locations** page lists all your stores. Use it to find a store quickly, check which stores need attention, and change many stores at once. ![The Locations list, with the All, Active, Inactive, and Not on map tabs, the search box, the Country and Tags filters, the Sort button, and four locations with their contact details, address, status, and when they were last updated](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-locations-list.CmJl8XQz_ZGFbsB.webp) ## The list Each row shows the store's name, contact details, address, **Active** or **Inactive** status, and when it was last updated. Click a row to edit the location. ## Tabs - **All**: every location. - **Active**: locations customers can see. - **Inactive**: locations hidden from customers. - **Not on map**: locations without a map position. Open each one and pick an address suggestion, or drag the pin. The number shows how many there are. ## Search, filter, and sort - **Search**: type part of a store's name, email, or phone number. - **Country** and **Tags**: show only stores that match. Tags come from the tags you add to locations. - **State/Province**: appears after you choose a country. - **Sort**: by **Last updated** (newest or oldest first), or by **Name** (A–Z or Z–A). To clear a filter, click the **×** next to it. ## Change one location from the list Click **⋯** on a row: - **Edit**: open the location. - **Set active** or **Set inactive**: show or hide the store. - **Delete**: remove the location from the app. ## Change many locations at once 1. Tick the locations you want to change. To select every location on the page, tick the box in the header. 2. Choose an action: - **Set active**: show the stores to customers. - **Set inactive**: hide the stores from customers. - **Update hours**: replace their weekly trading hours. Their special dates stay as they are. See [Trading hours and special dates](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/trading-hours-and-special-dates.md#update-hours-for-many-locations). - **Delete**: remove the locations from the app. > **Deleting locations can't be undone.** Customers no longer see the stores, and their hours and special dates are removed from the app. The locations in Shopify aren't deleted. ## Related guides - [Add and edit a location](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/add-and-edit-a-location.md) - [Import locations from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md) --- title: "Import locations from a CSV file" description: "Update many locations at once from a spreadsheet, with the columns to use and how rows are matched to your existing stores." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Locations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-a-csv-file markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-a-csv-file.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["locations", "import", "csv", "spreadsheet", "bulk update", "store id"] --- # Import locations from a CSV file > Update many locations at once from a spreadsheet, with the columns to use and how rows are matched to your existing stores. Use a CSV file to update the details of many locations at once, such as their email addresses, phone numbers, tags, or status. > **Import from Shopify first.** A new location created from a CSV file isn't linked to a Shopify location, so the widget can't show stock for it. Import your stores from Shopify, then use a CSV file to fill in their details. See [Import locations from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md). ## How rows are matched For each row, the app looks for an existing location: 1. If **StoreID** is filled in, it updates the location with that ID. 2. If not, it updates the location with exactly the same **StoreName**. 3. If nothing matches, it creates a new location. So to update a store you imported from Shopify, use its name exactly as it shows on the **Locations** page, including capitals. ## Columns Download the sample file from the import window to start with the right columns. The first row must have these column names: | Column | Required | What to put | | ------------------ | -------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `StoreID` | No | The ID of the location to update. Leave empty to match by name. See [Find a location's ID](#find-a-locations-id). | | `StoreName` | Yes | The store name, for example `Urban Stitch Brisbane`. | | `Handle` | No | A short web-friendly name. Made from the store name if empty. | | `Address` | Yes | The street address, for example `91 Queen Street`. | | `City` | Yes | For example `Brisbane`. | | `State` | Yes | For example `QLD`. | | `Zip` | Yes | The postcode, for example `4000`. | | `Country` | Yes | For example `Australia`. | | `Email` | No | For example `brisbane@example.com`. | | `Website` | No | Not imported at the moment. Leave it empty. | | `PhoneCountryCode` | No | For example `+61`. Added in front of the phone number. | | `PhoneNumber` | No | For example `730000000`. | | `ShortDescription` | No | Not imported at the moment. Leave it empty. | | `Description` | No | Not imported at the moment. Leave it empty. | | `Status` | Yes | `active` or `inactive`. | | `Tags` | No | Separate tags with a pipe, for example `Flagship\|Alterations`. | The app looks up each address to place the store on the map. If it can't find one, the store shows in the **Not on map** tab, and you can fix it by hand. There are no columns for trading hours. New locations from a CSV file start with the standard hours of Monday to Sunday, 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Updated locations keep their hours. ### Find a location's ID Open the location in the app. The ID is the number at the end of the page address in your browser, for example `128` in `.../app/locations/128`. ## Import the file 1. Go to **Locations**. 2. Click **Import** › **Import from CSV**. 3. Click **Add file**, or drop your `.csv` file in the window. The file can be up to 1 MB. 4. Click **Upload and import**. The import runs in the background. Refresh the **Locations** page after a minute to see the changes. ## Tips - **Updating replaces the details in the file.** Fill in every column you want to keep for the stores you're updating. An empty phone number, for example, clears the store's phone number. - **Check your file in a spreadsheet app first.** Save it as **CSV UTF-8** so names with accents come through correctly. - **Rows with mistakes are skipped**, such as a missing required column or a `Status` that isn't `active` or `inactive`. Fix the row and import the file again. ## Related guides - [Import locations from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md) - [Find, filter, and bulk edit locations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/find-filter-and-bulk-edit-locations.md) --- title: "Locations managed by Shoppy Connect" description: "Why the Locations page is read-only when your stores are managed in Shoppy Connect, and where to change them instead." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Locations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/locations-managed-by-shoppy-connect markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/locations-managed-by-shoppy-connect.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["locations", "shoppy connect", "find store channel", "read-only", "managed"] --- # Locations managed by Shoppy Connect > Why the Locations page is read-only when your stores are managed in Shoppy Connect, and where to change them instead. If you use [Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md) and have connected its **Shoppy Collect Find in Store** channel, Shoppy Connect manages your locations. Your stores' details, trading hours, and special dates come from Shoppy Connect, so you keep them in one place. ## What you'll see The **Locations** page shows **Locations are managed in Shoppy Connect** at the top. ![The Locations page with the Import and Add location buttons greyed out, and the banner Locations are managed in Shoppy Connect, The Find Store channel is enabled for this store, so locations are edited in the Shoppy Connect app, with an Open Shoppy Connect button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-managed-banner.C6D8R0XP_1QiI0H.webp) While Shoppy Connect manages your locations: - **Import** and **Add location** are turned off. - You can't open, select, or change locations in the list. - You can't change the **Default trading hours**. - You can still search, filter, and sort the list to check your stores. ## Change a location 1. Click **Open Shoppy Connect** in the banner. 2. Change the store in Shoppy Connect, for example its address, trading hours, or special dates. 3. Send the change to Find in Store. Changes are sent in the background, or you can send them straight away with **Find Store** › **Update Stores** on the Stores list. To add a new store to Find in Store, add it in Shoppy Connect, then use **Find Store** › **Create Stores**. See [Store Locator, Find in Store, and Wildjar](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar.md#find-in-store) in the Shoppy Connect guides. ## Stock still comes from Shopify Shoppy Connect manages your stores' details. The stock customers see still comes from each store's Shopify location. See [Getting started with Shoppy Find in Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/getting-started.md#2-check-stock-is-syncing). ## Manage locations in Find in Store instead To edit locations in Find in Store again, disconnect the **Shoppy Collect Find in Store** channel in Shoppy Connect. See [Disconnect a channel](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/channels/store-locator-find-in-store-and-wildjar.md#disconnect-a-channel). After that, Shoppy Connect stops updating your locations, and you manage them on the **Locations** page. ## Related guides - [Import locations from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md) - [Add and edit a location](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/add-and-edit-a-location.md) --- title: "How stock works" description: "Where Shoppy Find in Store gets its stock numbers from, which stores customers see, and why a store might show as out of stock." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Stock" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/how-stock-works markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/how-stock-works.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["stock", "inventory", "shopify inventory", "locations", "variants", "out of stock"] --- # How stock works > Where Shoppy Find in Store gets its stock numbers from, which stores customers see, and why a store might show as out of stock. Find in Store shows customers which of your stores have a product. It reads the stock straight from Shopify, so you don't enter stock in the app. ## Where the stock comes from For each store, the widget uses the product's **available** quantity at that store's Shopify location. This is the same number you see in your Shopify admin under **Products** › the product › **Inventory**. - It's read live each time a customer searches, so it's always up to date. - It's the quantity of the variant the customer has chosen, such as a size or colour. - **Available** means stock on hand minus stock already committed to orders. Stock that's incoming, or set aside as unavailable, isn't counted. If your stock lives in another system, such as a point-of-sale or warehouse system, use a stock sync app to keep Shopify's numbers up to date. Find in Store shows whatever Shopify has. ## Which stores customers see A store shows in the widget when all of these are true: 1. It was [imported from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md), so it's linked to a Shopify location. 2. It's **Active** in **Locations**. 3. The product is stocked at that location in Shopify. If the product has never been stocked there, the store isn't listed. 4. It's within the **Search radius** of the address the customer searched. See [Store search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/store-search-settings.md). Stores are listed nearest first. ## What customers see for each store Customers don't see the exact number of items. Each store shows a stock banner: - **In stock** when the store has more than your [safety buffer](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages.md#safety-buffer). - **Out of stock** when it has the safety buffer or fewer. You can also show a **Low stock** message, and change all the wording. See [Stock levels and messages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages.md). If no store is listed at all, customers see the **Out of stock everywhere** message instead. ## Check your stock is syncing 1. In your Shopify admin, open a product that's in stock at one of your stores. 2. Under **Inventory**, check the **Available** quantity at that store's location. 3. Open the product on your online store and search near that store. 4. Check the store shows **In stock**. If it doesn't match, see [Why a store shows the wrong stock](#why-a-store-shows-the-wrong-stock). ## Why a store shows the wrong stock | What you see | What to check | | ---------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | A store is missing from the list | The store is **Active**, imported from Shopify, within the search radius, and the product is stocked at its Shopify location. | | A store shows **Out of stock**, but has a few | Your **Safety buffer** may be higher than the store's stock. See [Safety buffer](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages.md#safety-buffer). | | Stock looks out of date | Check the **Available** quantity in Shopify. If your stock comes from another system, check your sync app has run. | | A store added by hand or from a CSV file never shows stock | It isn't linked to a Shopify location. Add the store in Shopify and import it instead. | | The wrong variant's stock shows | Check **Select first variant by default** in **Settings** › **Store search**. | ## Related guides - [Stock levels and messages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages.md) - [Import locations from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md) --- title: "Stock levels and messages" description: "Set the safety buffer, when a store counts as low on stock, and the in stock, low stock, and out of stock messages customers see." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Stock" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["stock", "safety buffer", "low stock", "out of stock", "stock messages", "settings"] --- # Stock levels and messages > Set the safety buffer, when a store counts as low on stock, and the in stock, low stock, and out of stock messages customers see. The **Stock** tab in **Settings** controls when a store counts as in stock, out of stock, or low on stock, and what customers see for each. Change a setting, then click **Save** at the top right. ## Stock levels ![The Stock levels section, with Safety buffer and Low stock at, both set to 0, and the Count low stock by dropdown](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-stock-levels.C3ZbZDSJ_Z1Mblih.webp) ### Safety buffer The number of items a store must have before it shows as **In stock**. - A store shows **In stock** when it has more than the safety buffer. - It shows **Out of stock** when it has the safety buffer or fewer. For example, with a safety buffer of `2`, a store with 3 shows **In stock**, and a store with 2 shows **Out of stock**. Use it to avoid sending customers to a store for the last one or two items, which may already be on hold or on display. Out of the box, it's `0`. #### Set a different buffer for one product To use a different buffer for a product, add a product metafield in Shopify: 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Settings** › **Custom data** › **Products** and add a metafield definition with the namespace and key `custom.shoppy_collect_buffer`, and the type **Integer**. 2. Open the product and enter the buffer in the new field, for example `5`. 3. Click **Save**. The product's buffer is used instead of the one in **Settings**. ### Low stock Show an extra message, such as **Only a few left**, when a store is running low. | Setting | What it does | | ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Low stock at** | The level at which the low stock message shows. The message shows when stock is below this number. | | **Count low stock by** | **This variant's quantity at the store**: each store's own stock. **Total quantity across all stores**: the product's stock across all your stores added together. | The low stock message only shows when you've entered a **Low stock** message under **Stock messages**. Leave it empty to turn it off. The low stock message shows in the store list with the **Anchor**, **Tab**, **Radio**, **Accordion**, and **Inline - Automatic Store Display** display types. At the moment, it doesn't show with **Stacked** or **Drawer Accordion**. ## Stock messages ![The Stock messages section, with empty In stock, Low stock, Out of stock, and Out of stock everywhere fields showing example text, and the Out of stock everywhere styling option](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-stock-messages.ym_ZG7Rm_Z1oypil.webp) | Message | When customers see it | Example | | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- | | **In stock** | On a store that has more than your safety buffer. | `In stock` | | **Low stock** | On a store that's below your **Low stock at** level. | `Only a few left` | | **Out of stock** | On a store that has your safety buffer or fewer. | `Out of stock` | | **Out of stock everywhere** | When no store is listed for the product, for example none nearby have it. | `Not available in any store` | If you leave **In stock**, **Out of stock**, or **Out of stock everywhere** empty, the widget uses its own wording. The grey text in each field is only an example. Click **"Out of stock everywhere" styling** to change the size, weight, and line height of that message. To show these messages in other languages, use **Translate** in the app menu. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/translations.md#wording-in-settings-and-in-translate). ## Stock banners Set the colours of the **In stock** and **Out of stock** banners in **Stock banners**, at the bottom of this tab: 1. Click **In stock banner** or **Out of stock banner**. 2. Set its **Background Color**, **Font Color**, **Font Weight**, and **Border Radius**. 3. Click **Advanced styling** for the font size, spacing, border, and custom CSS. 4. Click **Save**. Use this tab for banner colours. **Widget appearance** also has a **Stock banners** section, but at the moment its changes don't show on your online store. ## Related guides - [How stock works](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/how-stock-works.md) - [Colours, fonts, and store cards](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/colours-fonts-and-store-cards.md) --- title: "Display types" description: "Choose how the Find in Store widget appears on your product pages, and set its font, time format, address format, and when it searches." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Widget settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["widget", "display type", "drawer", "tabs", "accordion", "inline", "font", "time format"] --- # Display types > Choose how the Find in Store widget appears on your product pages, and set its font, time format, address format, and when it searches. The display type controls how the widget looks and opens on your product pages. You choose it in **Settings** › **Widget appearance** › **Layout & fonts**. ![The Layout & fonts section of the Widget appearance tab, with a preview of the Find in Store button, and the Display Type, Font Family, Time format, Address Format, and Search on open settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-layout-and-fonts.CjAkhnMY_WgVp7.webp) ## Choose a display type 1. Go to **Settings** › **Widget appearance**. 2. Under **Layout & fonts**, choose a **Display Type**. The preview on the left shows what it looks like. 3. Click **Save** at the top right. | Display type | What customers see | | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Anchor** | A link on the product page that opens the store list. | | **Tab** | Your [tabs](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/tabs-and-tab-footers.md) shown side by side on the product page. | | **Radio** | Your tabs shown as radio options on the product page. | | **Accordion** | Your tabs shown as rows that open and close on the product page. | | **Inline - Automatic Store Display** | The nearest store, shown on the product page automatically. | | **Stacked** | Your tabs shown one under another on the product page. | | **Drawer Accordion** | A **Find in Store** button that opens a side panel, where customers search for stores and see their stock. | Try a few and check them on your product page. Choose the one that fits your theme and how many stores you have. ### Drawer Accordion Customers click the button on the product page, and a panel slides in from the side. They choose a variant, search by address or use their location, and see the nearest stores with their stock. ![The Find a Store side panel, with the product name and price, Cover, Story, and Art style variant options, an address search, a Use my location link, and a message that the item isn't available in all stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-drawer-accordion.BotxC-Sp_Z2rpjLy.webp) You can change the panel's title and the select store button in the **Drawer** section. See [Colours, fonts, and store cards](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/colours-fonts-and-store-cards.md#drawer). ### Inline - Automatic Store Display The widget shows the store nearest to the customer straight away, without them having to search. Two extra settings appear: - **Details on First Load**: what's shown for the nearest store when the page opens. - **Details to show on Store Click**: what's shown when the customer clicks a store. For each, tick **Trading Hours**, **Phone Number**, **Email**, **Address**, or **Map**. ## Other layout settings | Setting | What it does | | ------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Font Family** | The font for the widget, for example **Lato** or **Open Sans**. Choose **Inherit** to use your theme's font. | | **Time format** | Show hours as **12-hour** (`9:00 AM`) or **24-hour** (`09:00`). | | **Address Format** | **Short** shows the street, suburb, and state. **Full** adds the postcode and country. | | **Search on open** | **Automatically** shows stores as soon as the customer picks an address. **When customer searches** adds a search button, and waits for the customer to click it. | ## Start again Click **Reset to default** at the top of **Widget appearance** to put every setting on the tab back to how it started. Click **Save** to keep the reset, or **Discard** to undo it. ## Related guides - [Tabs and tab footers](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/tabs-and-tab-footers.md) - [Colours, fonts, and store cards](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/colours-fonts-and-store-cards.md) - [Store search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/store-search-settings.md) --- title: "Tabs and tab footers" description: "Split the Find in Store widget into tabs such as Stock in Store and Delivery, show tabs only on some products, choose the store details shown, and add footer messages." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Widget settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/tabs-and-tab-footers markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/tabs-and-tab-footers.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["widget", "tabs", "stock in store", "click and collect", "delivery", "footer", "product tags"] --- # Tabs and tab footers > Split the Find in Store widget into tabs such as Stock in Store and Delivery, show tabs only on some products, choose the store details shown, and add footer messages. Tabs split the widget into views, such as **Stock in Store** and **Delivery**. Footers add a short message under a tab, such as pickup instructions. Both are in **Settings** › **Widget appearance**. Click **Save** at the top right after you change them. ## Tabs ![The Tabs section, with two tabs, Stock in Stores for products tagged clearance and Delivery for all products, the Add tab button, the Show in store details checkboxes, and a preview of the two tabs](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-tabs.dncWensl_Zhynq5.webp) Out of the box, the widget has one tab, **Stock in Store**. ### Add or edit a tab 1. Under **Tabs**, click **Add tab**, or click the pencil next to a tab to edit it. 2. Fill in the tab: - **Tab title**: the name customers see, for example `Pick up in store`. - **Shows**: what the tab shows. See [What each tab can show](#what-each-tab-can-show). - **Subtitle**: optional text under the title, for example `Ready in 2 hours`. - **Only for products tagged**: show the tab only on products with these tags, separated by commas. Leave it empty to show the tab on every product. 3. Click **Done**, then **Save**. ![The Add tab window, with the Tab title Pick up in store, Shows set to Stock in Store, the Subtitle Ready in 2 hours, and an empty Only for products tagged field](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-add-tab.PmKu-D_J_Z1GkMly.webp) To remove a tab, click the bin next to it, then **Save**. ### What each tab can show | Shows | What customers see | | ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Stock in Store** | The nearest stores and how much stock each one has of the chosen variant. | | **Click & Collect** | The same store list as **Stock in Store**. Use it with its own title and footer for pickup, for example `Pick up at {{selectedStoreName}}`. | | **Delivery** | The customer enters their address and sees your shipping options and prices for the product. | | **None** | Only the tab's title and subtitle, with no store list or footer. | **Click & Collect** doesn't reserve stock or create an order. Customers choose a store, then buy online with your usual checkout. ### Show in store details Choose what customers see for each store: **Trading Hours**, **Phone Number**, **Email**, **Address**, and **Map**. Untick anything you don't want to show. ### Tab styles Click **Advanced styling** to change the tab titles, subtitles, and the line under the active tab: their colour, size, weight, and border. ## Tab footers A footer is a short message under a tab, for example where to pick up an order. ![The Tab footer section, with a footer titled Pick up at selectedStoreName for the Stock in Store tab when a store is selected, the Add Footer button, and a preview reading Pickup at Urban Stitch Brisbane, Bring your ID](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-tab-footer.CBOawSoC_Zd8zKs.webp) ### Add or edit a footer 1. Under **Tab footer**, click **Add Footer**, or click the pencil next to a footer. 2. Fill in the footer: - **Title**: for example `Pick up at {{selectedStoreName}}`. `{{selectedStoreName}}` is replaced with the store the customer chose. - **Description**: for example `Bring your order number and photo ID.` - **Show on tab**: the tab the footer belongs to. - **Visible when**: **Store Is Selected**, **Store Is Not Selected**, or **Visible** (always). - **Font Weight**: how bold the title is. 3. Click **Done**, then **Save**. ![The Add footer window, with the Title Pick up at selectedStoreName, the Description Bring your order number and photo ID, Show on tab set to Stock in Store, Visible when set to Store Is Selected, and Font Weight set to Normal](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-add-footer.BQaJhWT0_UyorA.webp) Each tab shows the first footer set to it. To show a different message, edit that footer, or delete it and add a new one. Use **Store Is Not Selected** for a prompt, such as `Choose a store to see pickup times`, and **Store Is Selected** for details about that store. ## Translate tabs and footers Footer titles and descriptions can be translated in **Translate** in the app menu. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/translations.md#tab-footers). ## Related guides - [Display types](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md) - [Colours, fonts, and store cards](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/colours-fonts-and-store-cards.md) --- title: "Colours, fonts, and store cards" description: "Change the heading, store cards, stock banners, Find in Store button, drawer, and custom CSS of the Find in Store widget, and preview it before you save." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Widget settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/colours-fonts-and-store-cards markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/colours-fonts-and-store-cards.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["widget", "design", "colours", "fonts", "store card", "stock banner", "button", "drawer", "custom css"] --- # Colours, fonts, and store cards > Change the heading, store cards, stock banners, Find in Store button, drawer, and custom CSS of the Find in Store widget, and preview it before you save. Make the widget match your brand in **Settings** › **Widget appearance**. Each section has a small preview on the left that updates as you type. Click **Save** at the top right when you're done. ## Preview the whole widget Click **Preview full widget** at the top of the tab. The preview opens on the right. - Switch between **Desktop** and **Mobile**. - Switch between **In stock** and **Out of stock** to see both stock banners. - Click a section on the left to highlight it in the preview. ![The full widget preview, with Desktop and Mobile, In stock and Out of stock, the heading, two tabs, a store card with address, hours, phone, and Get directions, the In stock banner, the Find in Store button, a footer, and the drawer with a Select store button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-widget-preview.JDuijdeu_Z1Xnv0A.webp) The preview uses a sample store. Check the result on a real product page after you save. ## Heading The text at the top of the widget, for example `Find in Store`. Set its **Heading text**, **Font Size**, **Font Weight**, and **Text colour**. ## Store card How each store looks in the list. ![The Store card and Stock banners sections, with the store name size, weight, and colour, a preview of a store card, the In stock and Out of stock buttons, and the banner background colour, text colour, font weight, and border radius](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-store-card-and-stock-banners.CbWxM95E_2g6maU.webp) - **Store name size**, **Store name weight**, and **Store name colour**. - Click **Advanced styling** to change the **Address**, **Trading hours**, and **Phone** text, and spacing. - **Store card custom CSS**: extra styles for the card. You don't need class names: type CSS properties only, for example `border: 1px solid #e3e3e3;`. Choose which details show on each card in the **Tabs** section, under **Show in store details**. See [Tabs and tab footers](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/tabs-and-tab-footers.md#show-in-store-details). ## Stock banners The coloured label on each store that shows its stock, such as **In stock**. > **Set banner colours in Settings › Stock.** The **Stock banners** section here previews the banners, but at the moment its changes don't show on your online store. Use **Settings** › **Stock** › **Stock banners** instead. See [Stock levels and messages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages.md#stock-banners). The wording on the banners is also set in **Settings** › **Stock**. ## Find store button The button on the product page that opens the widget. ![The Find store button section with the Label Find in Store, font size, weight, and text colour, and the Drawer section with the title, title size, weight, and colour, and the select store button size and weight](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-find-store-button-and-drawer.CdToCTAj_KzGrY.webp) - **Label**: the button text, for example `Find in Store`. - **Font Size**, **Font Weight**, and **Text colour**. - **Advanced styling**: line height and spacing. ## Drawer The panel where customers pick a store, used by the **Drawer Accordion** display type. - **Title**: the panel's heading, for example `Find in Store`. - **Title size**, **Title weight**, and **Title colour**. - **Select store button size** and **Select store button weight**. - **Advanced styling**: **Select store button custom CSS**. ## Custom CSS Add your own CSS for the whole widget. Most stores don't need this. It's for small changes the settings don't cover. Only use this if you're comfortable with CSS. If something looks wrong after a change, remove your CSS and save again. ## Fonts Choose the widget's font in **Layout & fonts** › **Font Family**. See [Display types](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md#other-layout-settings). ## Related guides - [Display types](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md) - [Tabs and tab footers](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/tabs-and-tab-footers.md) --- title: "Store search settings" description: "Set how far the widget looks for stores, how customers search, whether it finds their location automatically, and which variant's stock shows first." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Widget settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/store-search-settings markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/store-search-settings.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["store search", "search radius", "use my location", "geo ip", "stock filter", "variants", "settings"] --- # Store search settings > Set how far the widget looks for stores, how customers search, whether it finds their location automatically, and which variant's stock shows first. The **Store search** tab in **Settings** controls how customers find a store near them. Change a setting, then click **Save** at the top right. ![The Store search tab, with the Search radius and Search placeholder, the Address search, Use my location, Auto-detect location (Geo IP), and Stock filter switches, and the Variants section with Select first variant by default and the Variant not found message](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-store-search.CiDgq4yE_Z1em3UV.webp) ## Search | Setting | What it does | | ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Search radius** | How far from the customer to look for stores, in kilometres. Out of the box, it's `50` km. | | **Search placeholder** | The hint text in the empty search box, for example `Enter postcode or suburb`. | If customers often see no stores, try a bigger **Search radius**. ## Search options | Setting | What it does | | --------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Address search** | Customers type a postcode, suburb, or address. Needs a [Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md). | | **Use my location** | Shows a **Use my location** button. The customer's browser asks them for permission first. | | **Auto-detect location (Geo IP)** | Finds the customer's approximate location from their internet connection when the page loads, and shows the nearest stores without them searching. | | **Stock filter** | Lets customers show only stores that have the product in stock. | ### Geo IP and usage charges **Auto-detect location (Geo IP)** is off until you turn it on. Each lookup counts towards your plan's Geo IP allowance: - Each plan includes 100,000 lookups every 30 days. - After that, it's US$11 for each extra 100,000 lookups, added to your Shopify bill. - Lookups during your free trial aren't charged. A lookup only happens when a customer hasn't chosen a store yet. Once they choose one, the widget remembers it. Go to **Billing** in the app menu to see your plan. See [Plans and billing](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/plans-and-billing.md). ## Variants For products with options, such as size or colour: - **Select first variant by default**: shows stock for the first variant when the product page opens. Untick it to wait until the customer chooses a variant. - **Variant not found message**: shown when the chosen combination of options doesn't exist, for example `Select a size to see store stock`. ## Search area and language The country address suggestions are focused on, and their language, are set in **Settings** › **General** › **Map**. See [Get a Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md#choose-the-map-region-and-language). ## Related guides - [Display types](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md) - [Get a Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md) --- title: "Other theme blocks" description: "Add the Header Inline, Inline Nearest Store, Footer Block, and Search Stores blocks to your theme, and what each one shows customers." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Widget settings and design" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/other-theme-blocks markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/other-theme-blocks.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["theme blocks", "app blocks", "header", "footer", "nearest store", "search stores", "theme editor"] --- # Other theme blocks > Add the Header Inline, Inline Nearest Store, Footer Block, and Search Stores blocks to your theme, and what each one shows customers. As well as the main **Shoppy FS - Widget** block for product pages, Find in Store has four more blocks you can add to your theme. They use the same locations and the store each customer has chosen. ## Add a block 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Online Store** › **Themes** and click **Customize**. 2. Open the page you want the block on. 3. Click **Add block** or **Add section** where you want it, then click the **Apps** tab. 4. Choose the block, then change its settings on the right. 5. Click **Save**. | Block | Where you can add it | What it's for | | ----------------------------- | -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Shoppy FS - Widget** | Product pages | Stock at each store. See [Add the widget to your product page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md). | | **Shoppy FS - Header Inline** | Any page | The customer's chosen store, at the top of the page. | | **Inline Nearest Store** | Any page | The store nearest to the customer, with call and quote buttons. | | **Shoppy FS - Footer Block** | Your theme's footer | A short find-a-store area in the footer. | | **Shoppy FS - Search Stores** | Any page | A large store search, for example on a **Find a store** page. | ## Shoppy FS - Header Inline Shows the store the customer has chosen at the top of every page, so they always know which store they're shopping. Add it to your theme's **Header** section. ![The Header Inline block in a store's header, showing Nearest Store: Example Tyres Carindale, a Change link, today's opening hours, and a Call button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-header-inline.DvWtyLAm_kX6Hy.webp) - **Change** opens the store list, so customers can pick a different store. - The **Call** button rings the store. - If the customer hasn't chosen a store yet, it shows a **Find Store** button instead. | Setting | What it does | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Show Details** | Show the store's details, such as its opening hours and phone, not just its name. On by default. | | **Column Count** | Lay the details out in **1 Column** or **2 Columns**. | ## Inline Nearest Store Shows the customer's nearest store, or the one they've chosen, with buttons to call the store, get directions, or ask for a quote. You can add it to any page, including your product pages. ![A product page with the Inline Nearest Store block under the product name, showing Get a Free Quote From Example Tyres Carindale, the address, today's trading hours, Call, Get Directions, and Free Quote buttons, and a Change link](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-inline-nearest-store.DShr81cb_Z1paEF4.webp) Customers click **Change** to search for another store, and the **>** next to today's hours to see the whole week. ### Inline Nearest Store settings ![The Inline Nearest Store settings in the theme editor, with When No Store Is Found, the Display switches, Free Quote Title, Title, Subtitle 1, Subtitle 2, and the button text fields](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-inline-nearest-store-settings.SRXOa0vP_Z1Q0CQb.webp) | Setting | What it does | | ------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **When No Store Is Found** | **Display nothing**, or **Display find nearest store button** so customers can search. | | **Display Store Name** | Show the store's name. | | **Display Free Quote Title** | Show the **Free Quote Title** before the store's name, for example **Get a Free Quote From** Example Tyres Carindale. | | **Display Store Address** | Show the store's address. | | **Display Phone Number** | Show the **Call** button with the store's phone number. | | **Display Store Trading Hours** | Show today's hours, and the week's hours when customers open them. | | **Title** | A heading above the **Find Nearest Store** button, before a store is chosen. It doesn't show on product pages. | | **Subtitle 1** | A short line under the store's details, for example `Free fitting with every set of tyres`. | | **Find Store Button Text** | For example `Find Nearest Store`. | | **Call Button Text** | For example `Call Now`. | | **Quote Button Text** | For example `Free Quote`. Opens the quote form. | > **Some settings don't do anything yet.** **Display Store Map**, **Display In Stock**, and **Subtitle 2** are in the list, but at the moment the block doesn't use them. > **Change the default text.** This block starts with sample text for a tyre shop, such as **Shop Tyres Deals Today** and **Largest Range of Tyres**. Replace the **Title** and **Subtitle 1** with your own wording, or clear them, before you save. The block also shows the store's tags, if it has any. ### Quote requests **Free Quote** opens a short form, with the store's name at the top. ![The Get Free Quote form from Example Tyres Carindale, with Full Name, Email, Phone Number, Rego, and a Message that already names the product, and a Submit button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-quote-form.Bb2T6S5o_ZKbrcM.webp) Customers fill in their **Full Name**, **Email**, and **Phone Number**, then click **Submit**. On a product page, the **Message** already names the product. After they submit, customers see **Thank you for your submission!**. The store and the customer both get an email about the request. The form is protected by Google reCAPTCHA, to stop spam. If a customer sees **Recaptcha error, please try again.**, an ad blocker or privacy setting may be blocking reCAPTCHA. Ask them to turn it off for your store, or to call the store instead. Quote requests are sent to [Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md), so you need a Shoppy Connect account to receive them. See [Forms and submissions](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/forms/forms-and-submissions.md). If you don't use Shoppy Connect, untick **Display Free Quote Title** and use a different block on your product pages. ## Shoppy FS - Footer Block A small area in your footer that shows the customer's chosen store, with **Call** and **Get directions** buttons. If they haven't chosen a store, it shows a button to find one. | Setting | What it does | | ---------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Footer Block Title** | The heading, for example `Find a Store`. | | **Action Text** | Extra text shown next to the buttons, for example `Get free quote`. It doesn't link anywhere yet, so leave it empty if you don't need it. | ## Shoppy FS - Search Stores A large search area, with a background image, where customers search by address or use their location to find their nearest store. | Setting | What it does | | -------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | | **Background Image** | The image behind the search. | | **Header Text** | The heading, for example `Find Nearby Store`. | Address search needs a [Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md). ## Good to know - The store a customer chooses is remembered in their browser, so every block shows the same store. - You can use **Inline Nearest Store** on your product pages instead of **Shoppy FS - Widget**. If you do, **Home** shows the widget as **Not added**. That's expected. See [If Widget status says Not added](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md#if-widget-status-says-not-added). - The blocks' text can be translated in **Translate** in the app menu. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/translations.md). ## Related guides - [Add the widget to your product page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md) - [Display types](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md) --- title: "What shoppers see" description: "How customers use the Find in Store widget on your product pages, from searching for a store to choosing one, and the messages they might see." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Shoppers, translations, and integrations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/what-shoppers-see markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/what-shoppers-see.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["shoppers", "customers", "product page", "store search", "chosen store", "storefront"] --- # What shoppers see > How customers use the Find in Store widget on your product pages, from searching for a store to choosing one, and the messages they might see. This guide walks through the widget from your customer's side. What they see depends on your [display type](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md) and settings, but the steps are the same. ## 1. On the product page Customers see the widget under your **Add to cart** button, or wherever you placed the block. ![A product page with the Add to cart and Buy it now buttons, and the Find Store button underneath](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-find-store-button.Dbf3yWVL_7py0S.webp) - **If they haven't chosen a store yet**, they see a **Find Store** button or link. - **If they've chosen a store before**, they see that store and whether it has the product: **In stock** or **Out of stock**. They can also see the store details you've turned on, such as the address, trading hours, phone number, and **Get Directions**. ![A product page showing the chosen store, Example Tyres Carindale, with its address, today's trading hours, and Call, Get Directions, and Free Quote buttons, and a Change link](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/04-chosen-store.CGO4ZkAl_Z1WQB1A.webp) ## 2. Search for a store Customers click **Find Store**, or **Change Store** to pick a different one. A panel opens, where they find stores near them in one of these ways: - **Type an address**: they start typing a postcode or suburb and choose from the suggestions. - **Use my location**: their browser asks if it can share their location, then the widget searches near them. - **Automatically**: if you've turned on **Auto-detect location (Geo IP)**, the nearest stores show without them searching. ![The Find a Store side panel, with the product name and price, the variant options, an address search, a Use my location link, and a message that the item isn't available in all stores](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/02-drawer-accordion.BotxC-Sp_Z2rpjLy.webp) You choose which of these customers can use in [Store search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/store-search-settings.md). ## 3. Look through the stores The widget lists the stores within your **Search radius**, nearest first. ![The Find a Store panel after searching for Brisbane QLD 4000, listing Example Tyres stores nearest first, each with its distance in km, address, Get Directions link, today's trading hours, and phone number](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/03-store-list.DS2dpWDq_Z1YslSC.webp) For each store, customers see: - The store name and how far away it is. - A stock banner, such as **In stock** or **Out of stock**, when you use the **Shoppy FS - Widget** block. See [How stock works](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/how-stock-works.md). - A low stock message, if you've set one. See [Stock levels and messages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages.md#low-stock). - The store's address, trading hours, and phone number, with buttons to call the store or get directions in Google Maps. Customers click the **>** next to today's hours to see the whole week, and any special trading hours, such as public holidays. ![A store's trading hours opened up, with today's hours at the top, then the hours for the rest of the week, and Sunday Closed](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/05-trading-hours.AvDfwLtV_1MJfAv.webp) If you've turned on **Stock filter**, customers can tick **In Stock Only** to hide stores that don't have the product. When customers choose a different size or colour, the stock updates for that variant. ## 4. Choose a store Customers click a store to choose it. With some display types, they then click **Select Store**. The panel closes and the page shows the store they chose. - The chosen store is remembered in their browser, so it shows on every product page and in the [Header Inline and Footer blocks](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/other-theme-blocks.md). - It stays until they choose another store, clear their browser data, or use another device. With the **Drawer Accordion** display type, customers open a store to see its details, but don't choose a store. The panel shows the stock for each store each time it opens. > **Choosing a store doesn't reserve stock.** It only shows customers where the product is. Customers still choose delivery or pickup at checkout, as usual. ## Messages customers might see | Message | Why it shows | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **No stores found. Please try again with a different address or contact us for assistance.** | No stores are within your **Search radius** of the address they searched. | | **This item is not available in all stores.** | None of the nearby stores has the product. You can change this wording in **Settings** › **Stock**. | | **Please select a variant first.** | The product has options, such as size, and the customer hasn't chosen one, or the combination doesn't exist. You can change this wording in **Settings** › **Store search**. | | **Searching for addresses is unavailable. Please contact the site owner. #GAPI** | Address search isn't working. Check your [Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md). | | **Unable to retrieve your location, please search an address instead.** | The customer said no when their browser asked to share their location, or it couldn't be found. | You can change the wording of all these messages in **Translate**. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/translations.md). ## Try it yourself To see the widget the way customers do: 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Online Store** › **Themes** and click **Customize**. 2. Open a product page template, then click **View** to preview it in a new tab. 3. Search for an address near one of your stores, and choose a store. Use a product that's in stock at one of your stores, so you can see both **In stock** and **Out of stock** stores. ## Related guides - [Display types](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md) - [How stock works](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/how-stock-works.md) - [Store search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/store-search-settings.md) --- title: "Translations" description: "Change the widget's wording, and translate its buttons, labels, and messages into other languages with the Translate page." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Shoppers, translations, and integrations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/translations markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/translations.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["translate", "translations", "languages", "wording", "multilingual", "markets"] --- # Translations > Change the widget's wording, and translate its buttons, labels, and messages into other languages with the Translate page. Use **Translate** in the app menu to change the wording of the widget's buttons, labels, and messages, in English and in other languages. ![The Translate page, with the list of languages on the left, and the English wording on the right, with a Key and a Value for each piece of text, such as Change Store, Out Of Stock Label, and Get Directions Button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-translate-page.CRpcOIcG_Z2iOs3.webp) ## Languages You can enter wording for: - English - Chinese - Japanese - French - German - Spanish - Italian - Indonesian - Korean > **German and Korean don't show yet.** You can save German and Korean wording, but at the moment the widget doesn't use it. Customers using those languages see English. ## Change the wording 1. Click **Translate** in the app menu. 2. Click a language on the left. 3. Change the text in the **Value** column. Each **Key** tells you which piece of text it is, for example **Change Store** or **Out Of Stock Label**. 4. Click **Save**. Each language has its own **Save** button. Save each language before you move to the next one. Some text has a word in double curly brackets, such as `{{storesCount}}`. Keep these exactly as they are. The widget swaps them for real values, such as the number of stores found. ### Tab footers Your [tab footers](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/tabs-and-tab-footers.md#tab-footers) are at the top of the list. Their key is a code followed by `_footerTitle` or `_footerDescription`, for example `0lnMX3fGmF9roL283eSCt_footerTitle`. ## What you can change | Group | Examples | | ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Buttons and links | **Find Store Button**, **Change Store**, **Select Store Button**, **Get Directions Button**, **Use My Location Button**, **Call** | | Stock | **In Stock Label**, **Out Of Stock Label**, **Out Of Stock All Stores Message**, **In Stock Filter Label** | | Search | **Search Address Placeholder**, **Search Address Guide**, **No Store Found Message**, **Results Summary** | | Trading hours | **Trading Hours Title**, **Open Today Label**, **Closed Today Label**, **Special Trading Hours Title** | | Other | **Distance Metric Label**, **Variant Not Found Message**, your tab footers | ## Which language customers see The widget picks the language for each customer: 1. If your store's web address includes a language, such as `/fr/` for French, the widget uses that language. 2. If not, it uses the language of the customer's browser. 3. If the widget doesn't support that language, it uses English. The widget comes with its own wording for each language, so you only need to change the wording you want to be different. To sell in more than one language, add your languages in Shopify under **Settings** › **Languages**. ## Wording in Settings and in Translate Some text can be set in two places: **Settings** › **Stock** has the stock messages, and **Translate** has them too. Once you've saved wording in **Translate**, the widget mostly uses the **Translate** wording. To keep things simple, change stock wording in both places so they match. ## If you can't use Translate If you see **Translation Features Require Plan Upgrade**, translations aren't turned on for your store. Click **View Billing options** to see your plan, or contact us and we'll help. ## Related guides - [What shoppers see](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/what-shoppers-see.md) - [Stock levels and messages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages.md#stock-messages) - [Tabs and tab footers](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/tabs-and-tab-footers.md) --- title: "Klaviyo integration" description: "Send store searches, chosen stores, and store calls from the Find in Store widget to Klaviyo, and build Klaviyo segments for each store." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Shoppers, translations, and integrations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/klaviyo-integration markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/klaviyo-integration.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["klaviyo", "integrations", "email marketing", "segments", "events", "preferred store"] --- # Klaviyo integration > Send store searches, chosen stores, and store calls from the Find in Store widget to Klaviyo, and build Klaviyo segments for each store. Find in Store can send what customers do in the widget to [Klaviyo](https://www.klaviyo.com/). Use it to email customers about the store near them, or to build a list of customers who are interested in a store. There are two parts. You can use either one, or both: | Part | What it does | | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Send widget events to Klaviyo** | Records store searches, chosen stores, and store calls on each customer's Klaviyo profile. | | **Klaviyo account** | Connects your Klaviyo account, so you can create a segment for each store from the app. | ![The Integrations tab, with the Shoppy Connect analytics switch, and the Klaviyo section with the Send widget events to Klaviyo switch, and the Klaviyo account marked Connected with a Manage button](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-analytics-switch.CY590lyy_Z2upqxM.webp) ## Send widget events to Klaviyo ### Before you start Klaviyo must be installed on your Shopify store, with its tracking turned on. If you use the Klaviyo Shopify app, this is usually already done. ### Turn it on 1. Go to **Settings** › **Integrations**. 2. Under **Klaviyo**, turn on **Send widget events to Klaviyo**. 3. Click **Save**. ### What's sent | Klaviyo event | When it's sent | What's included | | ------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Shoppy FS - Searched Store** | A customer searches for an address, or uses their location. | The address they searched, its country, latitude, and longitude. | | **Shoppy FS - Viewed Store** | A customer chooses a store on a product page. | The store's name, suburb, postcode, country, and location, and the product and variant. | | **Shoppy FS - Contacted Store** | A customer clicks a store's phone number in the store list. | The store's details and phone number, and the product and variant. | Searches made in the **Shoppy FS - Header Inline**, **Shoppy FS - Footer Block**, and **Inline Nearest Store** blocks are sent as **Shoppy FS - Header Block - Searched Store**. When a customer chooses a store, their Klaviyo profile also gets a **Preferred Store** property, with the store's name and address. Use it to personalise emails, for example to show their store's opening hours. Klaviyo only records events for customers it can identify, such as those who've signed up to your emails or clicked a link in one. Events from anonymous visitors aren't saved. ## Create segments for a store A segment is a list of customers in Klaviyo. From the app, you can create a segment of customers who did something with one store, such as everyone who chose your Brisbane store in the last 30 days. ### Connect your Klaviyo account 1. Go to **Settings** › **Integrations**. 2. Next to **Klaviyo account**, click **Connect**. 3. On the **Klaviyo Integration** page, click **Connect**, then sign in to Klaviyo and allow access. When it's connected, **Settings** › **Integrations** shows **Connected**, and the button changes to **Manage**. ### Create a segment 1. Go to **Settings** › **Integrations** and click **Manage** next to **Klaviyo account**. 2. Click **Create Segment**. 3. Fill in the sentence: - **Person has**: choose an event, such as **Shoppy FS - Viewed Store**. - **in the last**: a number, then **days**, **weeks**, or **hours**. For example, `30` days. - **where**: choose the store. 4. Click **Create**. The segment is named **Shoppy FS -** followed by the store name, for example **Shoppy FS - Urban Stitch Brisbane**. Klaviyo shows it as **Processing** while it adds customers. An event only shows under **Person has** once Klaviyo has received it at least once. Turn on **Send widget events to Klaviyo** first, and wait for customers to use the widget. ### Manage segments The **Segments** list shows each segment, when it was created, and whether it's **Processing** or **Active**. Click **⋯** next to a segment to: - **View in Klaviyo**: open the segment in Klaviyo. - **Delete**: delete the segment. > **Check before you delete.** The list shows every segment in your Klaviyo account, not only the ones made in Find in Store. Deleting a segment here deletes it from Klaviyo too. ## Troubleshooting | Problem | What to do | | --------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | No **Shoppy FS** events in Klaviyo | Check **Send widget events to Klaviyo** is on and saved, and that Klaviyo is installed on your store. Test it as a customer who's signed up to your emails. | | No events to choose under **Person has** | Klaviyo hasn't received any widget events yet. Wait for customers to use the widget, then try again. | | The **Klaviyo Integration** page shows **Something went wrong** | The connection to Klaviyo may have expired. Contact us and we'll reconnect it for you. | ## Related guides - [Shoppy Connect analytics](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/shoppy-connect-analytics.md) - [What shoppers see](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/what-shoppers-see.md) --- title: "Shoppy Connect analytics" description: "Send store searches, store views, calls, and direction requests from the Find in Store widget to Shoppy Connect, and see them in its reports." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Shoppers, translations, and integrations" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/shoppy-connect-analytics markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/shoppy-connect-analytics.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["analytics", "shoppy connect", "insights", "reports", "tracking", "integrations"] --- # Shoppy Connect analytics > Send store searches, store views, calls, and direction requests from the Find in Store widget to Shoppy Connect, and see them in its reports. If you use [Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/getting-started/getting-started.md), Find in Store can send what customers do in the widget to it. You then see which suburbs customers search from, and which stores they look at, call, and visit, in the Shoppy Connect reports. ## Turn it on 1. Go to **Settings** › **Integrations**. 2. Under **Analytics**, turn on **Shoppy Connect analytics**. 3. Click **Save**. ![The Integrations tab, with the Shoppy Connect analytics switch turned on, and the Klaviyo section underneath](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-analytics-switch.CY590lyy_Z2upqxM.webp) ## What's recorded | Customer action | Shoppy Connect report | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | | Searches for an address, or uses their location | **Searches by Suburb** and **Location Searches by Suburb** | | Chooses a store, or opens a store to see its details | Store views | | Clicks a store's phone number | **Calls by Stores** and **Store Calls** | | Clicks **Get Directions** | **Directions by Stores** and **Store Directions** | Each action includes the product and variant the customer was looking at, and the page it happened on. It also includes the type of device, the browser's language, and the operating system. No names, email addresses, or other customer details are sent. ## See the reports Open Shoppy Connect and go to **Home** or **Reports**. See [Insights, analytics, and Shoppy AI](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md) for what each report shows. Store reports need to know which Shoppy Connect store a location belongs to. This works for locations that [come from Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/locations-managed-by-shoppy-connect.md). Calls, directions, and views for other locations can't be matched to a store. ## Good to know - Nothing is recorded until you turn it on and save. - Recording starts straight away. Reports only include activity from after you turned it on. - Mention store search activity in your online store's privacy policy, as you would for other analytics. ## Related guides - [Klaviyo integration](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/klaviyo-integration.md) - [Locations managed by Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/locations-managed-by-shoppy-connect.md) - [Insights, analytics, and Shoppy AI](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/shoppyconnect/insights/insights-analytics-and-shoppy-ai.md) --- title: "Plans and billing" description: "The Shoppy Find in Store plans, the free trial, charges for extra stores and Geo IP lookups, and how to change your plan." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Billing and help" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/plans-and-billing markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/plans-and-billing.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["billing", "plans", "pricing", "free trial", "usage charges", "geo ip", "subscription"] --- # Plans and billing > The Shoppy Find in Store plans, the free trial, charges for extra stores and Geo IP lookups, and how to change your plan. Find in Store is billed through Shopify, so charges appear on your Shopify bill. Go to **Billing** in the app menu to see your plan and change it. ![The Billing page, with the current plan Small Chain of Stores, 3 of 4 included locations used, usage charges of $0.00 of a $500.00 cap, the three plans with Downgrade and Upgrade buttons, what every plan includes, and the Enterprise plan](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-billing.BoQ88Bz3_Z1iBcev.webp) ## Free trial Every new store gets a **7-day free trial**. - You can use every feature, with as many locations as you like. - Nothing is charged during the trial, including extra stores and Geo IP lookups. - If you choose a plan during the trial, your remaining trial days carry over. When the trial ends, choose a plan to keep using the app. Until you do, the app opens on **Billing**, and the widget stops showing stores on your online store. The trial only happens once. If you uninstall and install the app again, it doesn't restart. ## Plans Prices are in US dollars, per month. | Plan | Price | Stores included | Each extra store | | -------------------------- | ------ | --------------- | ---------------- | | **A Few Stores** | $20 | 2 | $12.50 | | **Small Chain of Stores** | $40 | 4 | $15 | | **Medium Chain of Stores** | $100 | 10 | $20 | | **Enterprise** | Custom | 11 or more | Custom | Every plan includes unlimited views, the nearest store with stock on your product pages, the **Use my location** store finder, delivery estimates, and a free setup session. For 11 or more stores, click **Contact Us** under **Enterprise**, and we'll build a plan for you. ## What you're charged for ### Your plan Your plan's monthly price, every 30 days. ### Extra stores Only **Active** locations count. If you have more active locations than your plan includes, each extra one is charged at your plan's **Each extra store** price, once a month. For example, on **Small Chain of Stores** with 6 active locations, you pay $40 for the plan, plus 2 × $15 = $30 for the extra stores. To avoid extra charges, set locations customers don't need to see to **Inactive**. See [Find, filter, and bulk edit locations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/find-filter-and-bulk-edit-locations.md). ### Geo IP lookups If you turn on **Auto-detect location (Geo IP)**, each plan includes 100,000 lookups every 30 days. After that, it's $11 for each extra 100,000 lookups. See [Geo IP and usage charges](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/store-search-settings.md#geo-ip-and-usage-charges). ### Usage cap Extra stores and Geo IP lookups are usage charges. They're capped at **$500** in each billing cycle, so you're never charged more than that for usage. **Usage charges this cycle** on **Billing** shows how much you've used so far. Google may also charge you for using Google Maps, through your own Google Cloud account. See [Get a Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md). ## Change your plan 1. Go to **Billing** in the app menu. 2. Click **Upgrade** or **Downgrade** on the plan you want. 3. Check the new price, then click **Approve**. 4. Shopify asks you to approve the charge. Click **Approve** again. If you move to a plan with fewer included stores, your extra active locations are charged as extra stores. ## Billing history Click **Billing history** at the top of **Billing** to see your current and past plans. ## Stop paying for the app To stop all charges, uninstall the app. Shopify cancels your plan straight away. See [Uninstall Shoppy Find in Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/uninstall-the-app.md). ## Related guides - [Store search settings](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/store-search-settings.md) - [Getting help](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/getting-help.md) --- title: "Getting help" description: "Contact the Shoppy Find in Store team, book a free setup session, and what to include so we can help you quickly." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Billing and help" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/getting-help markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/getting-help.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["help", "support", "contact", "setup session", "onboarding"] --- # Getting help > Contact the Shoppy Find in Store team, book a free setup session, and what to include so we can help you quickly. Go to **Help** in the app menu to contact us or book a free setup session. ![The Help page, with the Knowledge base, Contact support, and Free setup session cards, and an email address for help](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/_astro/01-help.DHO5mr_E_BsEqO.webp) ## Contact support 1. Click **Help** in the app menu. 2. Under **Contact support**, click **Contact us**. 3. Check **Your email**. We'll reply to this address. 4. Under **How can we help?**, describe the problem. 5. Click **Send**. Your email app opens with your message ready. Send it from there. You can also email us at [help@shoppycommerce.com.au](mailto:help@shoppycommerce.com.au). We usually reply within one business day. ### What to include To help us find the problem quickly, tell us: - The link to a product page where you see the problem. - What you expected to see, and what you see instead. - The address or postcode you searched, if it's about store search. - The store, if it's about one location. - A screenshot, if you can. ## Book a free setup session Every plan includes a free setup session, where our team sets up Find in Store with you. 1. Click **Help** in the app menu. 2. Under **Free setup session**, click **Book session**. 3. Your email app opens with a message ready. Add the days and times that suit you, with your time zone, then send it. You can also book from **Home**: click **Book a free setup session** at the bottom of the page. ## Before you contact us Many questions are answered in these guides: - [Troubleshooting](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/troubleshooting.md) - [Frequently asked questions](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/faq.md) --- title: "Troubleshooting" description: "Fixes for the most common Shoppy Find in Store problems, from a widget that doesn't show to missing stores, wrong stock, and address search errors." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Billing and help" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/troubleshooting markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/troubleshooting.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["troubleshooting", "not showing", "missing stores", "wrong stock", "address search", "problems"] --- # Troubleshooting > Fixes for the most common Shoppy Find in Store problems, from a widget that doesn't show to missing stores, wrong stock, and address search errors. Find your problem below. Each one lists what to check, most likely first. ## The widget doesn't show on my product page 1. **Check the block is on your live theme.** Open the theme editor on a product page and look for **Shoppy FS - Widget** or **Inline Nearest Store** in the list on the left. See [Add the widget to your product page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md). 2. **Check you saved the theme**, and that it's your published theme, not a draft. 3. **Check you have at least one Active location** in **Locations**. 4. **Check your plan.** If your free trial has ended and you haven't chosen a plan, the widget stops showing stores. See [Plans and billing](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/plans-and-billing.md). 5. **Refresh the page** in a normal browser window, not a private one. ## Home says Not added, but the widget shows That's fine. **Widget status** only finds the **Shoppy FS - Widget** block on your default product template. It says **Not added** if you use another block, such as **Inline Nearest Store**, or if the block is inside a group. See [If Widget status says Not added](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md#if-widget-status-says-not-added). ## A store is missing from the list - The location is **Inactive**. Set it to **Active** in **Locations**. - The store is further away than your **Search radius**. Try a bigger radius in **Settings** › **Store search**. - The location was added by hand or from a CSV file, so it isn't linked to a Shopify location and can't show stock. Import it from Shopify instead. - The product has never been stocked at that location in Shopify. See [How stock works](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/how-stock-works.md#which-stores-customers-see). ## A store shows the wrong stock - Check the **Available** quantity for the product at that location in Shopify. Find in Store shows the same number. - Check your **Safety buffer** in **Settings** › **Stock**. A store with that many items or fewer shows **Out of stock**. - Check the product doesn't have its own buffer set in a metafield. - If your stock comes from another system, check your stock sync app has run. See [Why a store shows the wrong stock](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/how-stock-works.md#why-a-store-shows-the-wrong-stock). ## Customers see "No stores found" - Your **Search radius** is too small for where customers are. Try a bigger one. - None of your active locations are near the address they searched. - The product isn't stocked at any nearby location. ## Address search doesn't work If customers see **Searching for addresses is unavailable. Please contact the site owner. #GAPI**, or no suggestions appear as they type: 1. Check your key is in **Settings** › **General** › **Google Maps API key**. 2. Check the **Places API** and **Maps JavaScript API** are turned on for that key in Google Cloud. 3. Check billing is set up on your Google Cloud account. 4. If you limited the key to certain websites, check your store's web address is on the list. See [If address search doesn't work](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md#if-address-search-doesnt-work). ## Use my location doesn't work - The customer said no when their browser asked to share their location. They can change this in their browser's settings, or search by address instead. - Location only works on secure pages that start with `https://`. Your Shopify store already uses these. ## My changes don't show on the store - Click **Save** at the top of **Settings**. Changes aren't kept until you save. - Refresh the product page. If you're checking in the theme editor, reload the editor too. - For stock banner colours, use **Settings** › **Stock** › **Stock banners**. The **Stock banners** section in **Widget appearance** doesn't change your online store yet. - If you've saved wording in **Translate**, change the wording there too. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/translations.md#wording-in-settings-and-in-translate). ## I can't edit my locations If **Locations** shows **Locations are managed in Shoppy Connect**, your stores come from Shoppy Connect. Click **Open Shoppy Connect** and edit them there. See [Locations managed by Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/locations-managed-by-shoppy-connect.md). ## Still stuck? Contact us, with a link to the product page and what you see. See [Getting help](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/getting-help.md). --- title: "Uninstall Shoppy Find in Store" description: "What to do before you uninstall, how to uninstall the app, and what happens to your plan, settings, locations, and theme afterwards." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Billing and help" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/uninstall-the-app markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/uninstall-the-app.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["uninstall", "remove app", "cancel", "billing", "reinstall"] --- # Uninstall Shoppy Find in Store > What to do before you uninstall, how to uninstall the app, and what happens to your plan, settings, locations, and theme afterwards. You can uninstall Shoppy Find in Store at any time from your Shopify admin. ## Before you uninstall 1. **Make a note of your settings**, such as your display type, colours, stock messages, and translations, if you might come back. They're removed when you uninstall. 2. **Tell your team**, if staff point customers to the store stock on your website. 3. **Check with us first**, if something isn't working. Email [help@shoppycommerce.com.au](mailto:help@shoppycommerce.com.au). We may be able to fix it. ## Uninstall the app 1. In your Shopify admin, go to **Settings** › **Apps**. 2. Find **Shoppy Collect - Find in Store** and click **⋯** next to it. 3. Click **Uninstall**, then confirm. ## What happens when you uninstall | What | What happens | | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Your plan** | Shopify cancels your plan straight away. You're not charged again. | | **Find in Store blocks** | Shopify stops showing blocks from uninstalled apps, so the widget and the other Find in Store blocks disappear from your online store. You don't need to edit your theme. | | **Settings and translations** | Removed, including your Google Maps API key, widget design, stock settings, and translations. | | **Locations** | Kept in the app, so they're there if you reinstall. To have them deleted, email us. | | **Klaviyo connection** | Removed. Events already sent to Klaviyo, and segments you created, stay in your Klaviyo account. | | **Your Shopify locations and stock** | Not changed. The app only reads them. | ## If you reinstall later - Your free trial doesn't restart. Choose a plan to keep using the app. See [Plans and billing](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/plans-and-billing.md). - Check your locations in **Locations**, and import any new ones from Shopify. - Add your Google Maps API key again, and set up your widget design, stock settings, and translations. - Check the widget is on your product pages, and add it again if it's missing. See [Add the widget to your product page](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/add-the-widget-to-your-product-page.md). ## Related guides - [Plans and billing](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/plans-and-billing.md) - [Getting help](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/getting-help.md) --- title: "Frequently asked questions" description: "Quick answers about how Shoppy Find in Store works, stock, stores, the widget, billing, and your customers' data." product: "Shoppy Find in Store" section: "Billing and help" url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/faq markdown_url: https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/faq.md last_updated: 2026-11-05 tags: ["faq", "questions", "stock", "billing", "widget", "privacy"] --- # Frequently asked questions > Quick answers about how Shoppy Find in Store works, stock, stores, the widget, billing, and your customers' data. ## Stock ### Where does the stock come from? From Shopify. The widget shows the product's **Available** quantity at each of your Shopify locations, live. You don't enter stock in the app. See [How stock works](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/how-stock-works.md). ### Do customers see how many items a store has? No. They see **In stock** or **Out of stock**, and a low stock message if you set one. See [Stock levels and messages](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/stock/stock-levels-and-messages.md). ### My stock is in a point-of-sale system. Will it work? Yes, as long as your stock is synced to Shopify's locations. Find in Store shows whatever Shopify has. ### Does choosing a store reserve stock? No. It only shows customers where the product is. Customers still choose delivery or pickup at checkout. ## Stores ### How many stores can I have? As many as you like. Each plan includes a number of active stores, and extra active stores are charged per month. See [Plans and billing](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/plans-and-billing.md). ### Can I hide a store from customers? Yes. Set it to **Inactive** in **Locations**. Inactive stores don't show, and don't count towards your plan. ### Can I add a store that isn't a Shopify location? You can add it by hand or from a CSV file, but it can't show stock, because stock comes from Shopify locations. Add the store as a location in Shopify, then import it. See [Import locations from Shopify](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/import-locations-from-shopify.md). ### I use Shoppy Connect. Where do I edit my stores? In Shoppy Connect. When your stores come from Shoppy Connect, they can't be edited in Find in Store. See [Locations managed by Shoppy Connect](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/locations/locations-managed-by-shoppy-connect.md). ## The widget ### Which display type should I use? Start with **Drawer Accordion** if you want a simple button that opens a store list, or **Tab** if you want stock right on the product page. Try a few and check them on a product page. See [Display types](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/display-types.md). ### Can I show the customer's store on every page? Yes. Add the **Shoppy FS - Header Inline** block to your theme's header. See [Other theme blocks](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/widget-settings-and-design/other-theme-blocks.md). ### Does it work on mobile? Yes. The widget works on phones, tablets, and computers. Check it on your phone after you change your settings. ### Can I show the widget in other languages? Yes. Use **Translate** in the app menu. See [Translations](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/translations.md). ### Do I need a Google Maps API key? Yes, for address search as customers type, and for maps. See [Get a Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md). ## Billing ### Is there a free trial? Yes, 7 days, with every feature. Nothing is charged during the trial. ### Does Google charge me too? Google may charge for Google Maps through your own Google Cloud account. Google Maps Platform includes some free monthly usage. See [Get a Google Maps API key](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/getting-started/get-a-google-maps-api-key.md). ### How do I cancel? Uninstall the app. Shopify cancels your plan straight away. See [Uninstall Shoppy Find in Store](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/uninstall-the-app.md). ## Customers and data ### Does the app collect customers' personal details? The widget doesn't ask customers for their name or email, except in the **Free Quote** form of the **Inline Nearest Store** block. The store a customer chooses is saved in their own browser. If you turn on **Shoppy Connect analytics** or **Klaviyo**, store searches and choices are sent there. See [Shoppy Connect analytics](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/shoppy-connect-analytics.md) and [Klaviyo integration](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/shoppers-and-integrations/klaviyo-integration.md). ### Can't find your answer? Contact us. See [Getting help](https://help.shoppyconnect.com/find-in-store/billing-and-help/getting-help.md).